mirror of
https://github.com/postgres/postgres.git
synced 2025-04-21 12:05:57 +03:00
These were evidently introduced by yesterday's commit 9cca11c91, which perhaps needs more review than it got. Per report from Andreas Seltenreich and additional examination of nearby code. Report: <87oa45qfwq.fsf@credativ.de>
9100 lines
218 KiB
C
9100 lines
218 KiB
C
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
*
|
|
* numeric.c
|
|
* An exact numeric data type for the Postgres database system
|
|
*
|
|
* Original coding 1998, Jan Wieck. Heavily revised 2003, Tom Lane.
|
|
*
|
|
* Many of the algorithmic ideas are borrowed from David M. Smith's "FM"
|
|
* multiple-precision math library, most recently published as Algorithm
|
|
* 786: Multiple-Precision Complex Arithmetic and Functions, ACM
|
|
* Transactions on Mathematical Software, Vol. 24, No. 4, December 1998,
|
|
* pages 359-367.
|
|
*
|
|
* Copyright (c) 1998-2016, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
|
|
*
|
|
* IDENTIFICATION
|
|
* src/backend/utils/adt/numeric.c
|
|
*
|
|
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
#include "postgres.h"
|
|
|
|
#include <ctype.h>
|
|
#include <float.h>
|
|
#include <limits.h>
|
|
#include <math.h>
|
|
|
|
#include "access/hash.h"
|
|
#include "catalog/pg_type.h"
|
|
#include "funcapi.h"
|
|
#include "lib/hyperloglog.h"
|
|
#include "libpq/pqformat.h"
|
|
#include "miscadmin.h"
|
|
#include "nodes/nodeFuncs.h"
|
|
#include "utils/array.h"
|
|
#include "utils/builtins.h"
|
|
#include "utils/guc.h"
|
|
#include "utils/int8.h"
|
|
#include "utils/numeric.h"
|
|
#include "utils/sortsupport.h"
|
|
|
|
/* ----------
|
|
* Uncomment the following to enable compilation of dump_numeric()
|
|
* and dump_var() and to get a dump of any result produced by make_result().
|
|
* ----------
|
|
#define NUMERIC_DEBUG
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* ----------
|
|
* Local data types
|
|
*
|
|
* Numeric values are represented in a base-NBASE floating point format.
|
|
* Each "digit" ranges from 0 to NBASE-1. The type NumericDigit is signed
|
|
* and wide enough to store a digit. We assume that NBASE*NBASE can fit in
|
|
* an int. Although the purely calculational routines could handle any even
|
|
* NBASE that's less than sqrt(INT_MAX), in practice we are only interested
|
|
* in NBASE a power of ten, so that I/O conversions and decimal rounding
|
|
* are easy. Also, it's actually more efficient if NBASE is rather less than
|
|
* sqrt(INT_MAX), so that there is "headroom" for mul_var and div_var_fast to
|
|
* postpone processing carries.
|
|
*
|
|
* Values of NBASE other than 10000 are considered of historical interest only
|
|
* and are no longer supported in any sense; no mechanism exists for the client
|
|
* to discover the base, so every client supporting binary mode expects the
|
|
* base-10000 format. If you plan to change this, also note the numeric
|
|
* abbreviation code, which assumes NBASE=10000.
|
|
* ----------
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
#if 0
|
|
#define NBASE 10
|
|
#define HALF_NBASE 5
|
|
#define DEC_DIGITS 1 /* decimal digits per NBASE digit */
|
|
#define MUL_GUARD_DIGITS 4 /* these are measured in NBASE digits */
|
|
#define DIV_GUARD_DIGITS 8
|
|
|
|
typedef signed char NumericDigit;
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#if 0
|
|
#define NBASE 100
|
|
#define HALF_NBASE 50
|
|
#define DEC_DIGITS 2 /* decimal digits per NBASE digit */
|
|
#define MUL_GUARD_DIGITS 3 /* these are measured in NBASE digits */
|
|
#define DIV_GUARD_DIGITS 6
|
|
|
|
typedef signed char NumericDigit;
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#if 1
|
|
#define NBASE 10000
|
|
#define HALF_NBASE 5000
|
|
#define DEC_DIGITS 4 /* decimal digits per NBASE digit */
|
|
#define MUL_GUARD_DIGITS 2 /* these are measured in NBASE digits */
|
|
#define DIV_GUARD_DIGITS 4
|
|
|
|
typedef int16 NumericDigit;
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* The Numeric type as stored on disk.
|
|
*
|
|
* If the high bits of the first word of a NumericChoice (n_header, or
|
|
* n_short.n_header, or n_long.n_sign_dscale) are NUMERIC_SHORT, then the
|
|
* numeric follows the NumericShort format; if they are NUMERIC_POS or
|
|
* NUMERIC_NEG, it follows the NumericLong format. If they are NUMERIC_NAN,
|
|
* it is a NaN. We currently always store a NaN using just two bytes (i.e.
|
|
* only n_header), but previous releases used only the NumericLong format,
|
|
* so we might find 4-byte NaNs on disk if a database has been migrated using
|
|
* pg_upgrade. In either case, when the high bits indicate a NaN, the
|
|
* remaining bits are never examined. Currently, we always initialize these
|
|
* to zero, but it might be possible to use them for some other purpose in
|
|
* the future.
|
|
*
|
|
* In the NumericShort format, the remaining 14 bits of the header word
|
|
* (n_short.n_header) are allocated as follows: 1 for sign (positive or
|
|
* negative), 6 for dynamic scale, and 7 for weight. In practice, most
|
|
* commonly-encountered values can be represented this way.
|
|
*
|
|
* In the NumericLong format, the remaining 14 bits of the header word
|
|
* (n_long.n_sign_dscale) represent the display scale; and the weight is
|
|
* stored separately in n_weight.
|
|
*
|
|
* NOTE: by convention, values in the packed form have been stripped of
|
|
* all leading and trailing zero digits (where a "digit" is of base NBASE).
|
|
* In particular, if the value is zero, there will be no digits at all!
|
|
* The weight is arbitrary in that case, but we normally set it to zero.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
struct NumericShort
|
|
{
|
|
uint16 n_header; /* Sign + display scale + weight */
|
|
NumericDigit n_data[FLEXIBLE_ARRAY_MEMBER]; /* Digits */
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
struct NumericLong
|
|
{
|
|
uint16 n_sign_dscale; /* Sign + display scale */
|
|
int16 n_weight; /* Weight of 1st digit */
|
|
NumericDigit n_data[FLEXIBLE_ARRAY_MEMBER]; /* Digits */
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
union NumericChoice
|
|
{
|
|
uint16 n_header; /* Header word */
|
|
struct NumericLong n_long; /* Long form (4-byte header) */
|
|
struct NumericShort n_short; /* Short form (2-byte header) */
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
struct NumericData
|
|
{
|
|
int32 vl_len_; /* varlena header (do not touch directly!) */
|
|
union NumericChoice choice; /* choice of format */
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Interpretation of high bits.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
#define NUMERIC_SIGN_MASK 0xC000
|
|
#define NUMERIC_POS 0x0000
|
|
#define NUMERIC_NEG 0x4000
|
|
#define NUMERIC_SHORT 0x8000
|
|
#define NUMERIC_NAN 0xC000
|
|
|
|
#define NUMERIC_FLAGBITS(n) ((n)->choice.n_header & NUMERIC_SIGN_MASK)
|
|
#define NUMERIC_IS_NAN(n) (NUMERIC_FLAGBITS(n) == NUMERIC_NAN)
|
|
#define NUMERIC_IS_SHORT(n) (NUMERIC_FLAGBITS(n) == NUMERIC_SHORT)
|
|
|
|
#define NUMERIC_HDRSZ (VARHDRSZ + sizeof(uint16) + sizeof(int16))
|
|
#define NUMERIC_HDRSZ_SHORT (VARHDRSZ + sizeof(uint16))
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If the flag bits are NUMERIC_SHORT or NUMERIC_NAN, we want the short header;
|
|
* otherwise, we want the long one. Instead of testing against each value, we
|
|
* can just look at the high bit, for a slight efficiency gain.
|
|
*/
|
|
#define NUMERIC_HEADER_IS_SHORT(n) (((n)->choice.n_header & 0x8000) != 0)
|
|
#define NUMERIC_HEADER_SIZE(n) \
|
|
(VARHDRSZ + sizeof(uint16) + \
|
|
(NUMERIC_HEADER_IS_SHORT(n) ? 0 : sizeof(int16)))
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Short format definitions.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
#define NUMERIC_SHORT_SIGN_MASK 0x2000
|
|
#define NUMERIC_SHORT_DSCALE_MASK 0x1F80
|
|
#define NUMERIC_SHORT_DSCALE_SHIFT 7
|
|
#define NUMERIC_SHORT_DSCALE_MAX \
|
|
(NUMERIC_SHORT_DSCALE_MASK >> NUMERIC_SHORT_DSCALE_SHIFT)
|
|
#define NUMERIC_SHORT_WEIGHT_SIGN_MASK 0x0040
|
|
#define NUMERIC_SHORT_WEIGHT_MASK 0x003F
|
|
#define NUMERIC_SHORT_WEIGHT_MAX NUMERIC_SHORT_WEIGHT_MASK
|
|
#define NUMERIC_SHORT_WEIGHT_MIN (-(NUMERIC_SHORT_WEIGHT_MASK+1))
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Extract sign, display scale, weight.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
#define NUMERIC_DSCALE_MASK 0x3FFF
|
|
|
|
#define NUMERIC_SIGN(n) \
|
|
(NUMERIC_IS_SHORT(n) ? \
|
|
(((n)->choice.n_short.n_header & NUMERIC_SHORT_SIGN_MASK) ? \
|
|
NUMERIC_NEG : NUMERIC_POS) : NUMERIC_FLAGBITS(n))
|
|
#define NUMERIC_DSCALE(n) (NUMERIC_HEADER_IS_SHORT((n)) ? \
|
|
((n)->choice.n_short.n_header & NUMERIC_SHORT_DSCALE_MASK) \
|
|
>> NUMERIC_SHORT_DSCALE_SHIFT \
|
|
: ((n)->choice.n_long.n_sign_dscale & NUMERIC_DSCALE_MASK))
|
|
#define NUMERIC_WEIGHT(n) (NUMERIC_HEADER_IS_SHORT((n)) ? \
|
|
(((n)->choice.n_short.n_header & NUMERIC_SHORT_WEIGHT_SIGN_MASK ? \
|
|
~NUMERIC_SHORT_WEIGHT_MASK : 0) \
|
|
| ((n)->choice.n_short.n_header & NUMERIC_SHORT_WEIGHT_MASK)) \
|
|
: ((n)->choice.n_long.n_weight))
|
|
|
|
/* ----------
|
|
* NumericVar is the format we use for arithmetic. The digit-array part
|
|
* is the same as the NumericData storage format, but the header is more
|
|
* complex.
|
|
*
|
|
* The value represented by a NumericVar is determined by the sign, weight,
|
|
* ndigits, and digits[] array.
|
|
*
|
|
* Note: the first digit of a NumericVar's value is assumed to be multiplied
|
|
* by NBASE ** weight. Another way to say it is that there are weight+1
|
|
* digits before the decimal point. It is possible to have weight < 0.
|
|
*
|
|
* buf points at the physical start of the palloc'd digit buffer for the
|
|
* NumericVar. digits points at the first digit in actual use (the one
|
|
* with the specified weight). We normally leave an unused digit or two
|
|
* (preset to zeroes) between buf and digits, so that there is room to store
|
|
* a carry out of the top digit without reallocating space. We just need to
|
|
* decrement digits (and increment weight) to make room for the carry digit.
|
|
* (There is no such extra space in a numeric value stored in the database,
|
|
* only in a NumericVar in memory.)
|
|
*
|
|
* If buf is NULL then the digit buffer isn't actually palloc'd and should
|
|
* not be freed --- see the constants below for an example.
|
|
*
|
|
* dscale, or display scale, is the nominal precision expressed as number
|
|
* of digits after the decimal point (it must always be >= 0 at present).
|
|
* dscale may be more than the number of physically stored fractional digits,
|
|
* implying that we have suppressed storage of significant trailing zeroes.
|
|
* It should never be less than the number of stored digits, since that would
|
|
* imply hiding digits that are present. NOTE that dscale is always expressed
|
|
* in *decimal* digits, and so it may correspond to a fractional number of
|
|
* base-NBASE digits --- divide by DEC_DIGITS to convert to NBASE digits.
|
|
*
|
|
* rscale, or result scale, is the target precision for a computation.
|
|
* Like dscale it is expressed as number of *decimal* digits after the decimal
|
|
* point, and is always >= 0 at present.
|
|
* Note that rscale is not stored in variables --- it's figured on-the-fly
|
|
* from the dscales of the inputs.
|
|
*
|
|
* While we consistently use "weight" to refer to the base-NBASE weight of
|
|
* a numeric value, it is convenient in some scale-related calculations to
|
|
* make use of the base-10 weight (ie, the approximate log10 of the value).
|
|
* To avoid confusion, such a decimal-units weight is called a "dweight".
|
|
*
|
|
* NB: All the variable-level functions are written in a style that makes it
|
|
* possible to give one and the same variable as argument and destination.
|
|
* This is feasible because the digit buffer is separate from the variable.
|
|
* ----------
|
|
*/
|
|
typedef struct NumericVar
|
|
{
|
|
int ndigits; /* # of digits in digits[] - can be 0! */
|
|
int weight; /* weight of first digit */
|
|
int sign; /* NUMERIC_POS, NUMERIC_NEG, or NUMERIC_NAN */
|
|
int dscale; /* display scale */
|
|
NumericDigit *buf; /* start of palloc'd space for digits[] */
|
|
NumericDigit *digits; /* base-NBASE digits */
|
|
} NumericVar;
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* ----------
|
|
* Data for generate_series
|
|
* ----------
|
|
*/
|
|
typedef struct
|
|
{
|
|
NumericVar current;
|
|
NumericVar stop;
|
|
NumericVar step;
|
|
} generate_series_numeric_fctx;
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* ----------
|
|
* Sort support.
|
|
* ----------
|
|
*/
|
|
typedef struct
|
|
{
|
|
void *buf; /* buffer for short varlenas */
|
|
int64 input_count; /* number of non-null values seen */
|
|
bool estimating; /* true if estimating cardinality */
|
|
|
|
hyperLogLogState abbr_card; /* cardinality estimator */
|
|
} NumericSortSupport;
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* ----------
|
|
* Fast sum accumulator.
|
|
*
|
|
* NumericSumAccum is used to implement SUM(), and other standard aggregates
|
|
* that track the sum of input values. It uses 32-bit integers to store the
|
|
* digits, instead of the normal 16-bit integers (with NBASE=10000). This
|
|
* way, we can safely accumulate up to NBASE - 1 values without propagating
|
|
* carry, before risking overflow of any of the digits. 'num_uncarried'
|
|
* tracks how many values have been accumulated without propagating carry.
|
|
*
|
|
* Positive and negative values are accumulated separately, in 'pos_digits'
|
|
* and 'neg_digits'. This is simpler and faster than deciding whether to add
|
|
* or subtract from the current value, for each new value (see sub_var() for
|
|
* the logic we avoid by doing this). Both buffers are of same size, and
|
|
* have the same weight and scale. In accum_sum_final(), the positive and
|
|
* negative sums are added together to produce the final result.
|
|
*
|
|
* When a new value has a larger ndigits or weight than the accumulator
|
|
* currently does, the accumulator is enlarged to accommodate the new value.
|
|
* We normally have one zero digit reserved for carry propagation, and that
|
|
* is indicated by the 'have_carry_space' flag. When accum_sum_carry() uses
|
|
* up the reserved digit, it clears the 'have_carry_space' flag. The next
|
|
* call to accum_sum_add() will enlarge the buffer, to make room for the
|
|
* extra digit, and set the flag again.
|
|
*
|
|
* To initialize a new accumulator, simply reset all fields to zeros.
|
|
*
|
|
* The accumulator does not handle NaNs.
|
|
* ----------
|
|
*/
|
|
typedef struct NumericSumAccum
|
|
{
|
|
int ndigits;
|
|
int weight;
|
|
int dscale;
|
|
int num_uncarried;
|
|
bool have_carry_space;
|
|
int32 *pos_digits;
|
|
int32 *neg_digits;
|
|
} NumericSumAccum;
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* We define our own macros for packing and unpacking abbreviated-key
|
|
* representations for numeric values in order to avoid depending on
|
|
* USE_FLOAT8_BYVAL. The type of abbreviation we use is based only on
|
|
* the size of a datum, not the argument-passing convention for float8.
|
|
*/
|
|
#define NUMERIC_ABBREV_BITS (SIZEOF_DATUM * BITS_PER_BYTE)
|
|
#if SIZEOF_DATUM == 8
|
|
#define NumericAbbrevGetDatum(X) ((Datum) SET_8_BYTES(X))
|
|
#define DatumGetNumericAbbrev(X) ((int64) GET_8_BYTES(X))
|
|
#define NUMERIC_ABBREV_NAN NumericAbbrevGetDatum(PG_INT64_MIN)
|
|
#else
|
|
#define NumericAbbrevGetDatum(X) ((Datum) SET_4_BYTES(X))
|
|
#define DatumGetNumericAbbrev(X) ((int32) GET_4_BYTES(X))
|
|
#define NUMERIC_ABBREV_NAN NumericAbbrevGetDatum(PG_INT32_MIN)
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* ----------
|
|
* Some preinitialized constants
|
|
* ----------
|
|
*/
|
|
static NumericDigit const_zero_data[1] = {0};
|
|
static NumericVar const_zero =
|
|
{0, 0, NUMERIC_POS, 0, NULL, const_zero_data};
|
|
|
|
static NumericDigit const_one_data[1] = {1};
|
|
static NumericVar const_one =
|
|
{1, 0, NUMERIC_POS, 0, NULL, const_one_data};
|
|
|
|
static NumericDigit const_two_data[1] = {2};
|
|
static NumericVar const_two =
|
|
{1, 0, NUMERIC_POS, 0, NULL, const_two_data};
|
|
|
|
#if DEC_DIGITS == 4 || DEC_DIGITS == 2
|
|
static NumericDigit const_ten_data[1] = {10};
|
|
static NumericVar const_ten =
|
|
{1, 0, NUMERIC_POS, 0, NULL, const_ten_data};
|
|
#elif DEC_DIGITS == 1
|
|
static NumericDigit const_ten_data[1] = {1};
|
|
static NumericVar const_ten =
|
|
{1, 1, NUMERIC_POS, 0, NULL, const_ten_data};
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#if DEC_DIGITS == 4
|
|
static NumericDigit const_zero_point_five_data[1] = {5000};
|
|
#elif DEC_DIGITS == 2
|
|
static NumericDigit const_zero_point_five_data[1] = {50};
|
|
#elif DEC_DIGITS == 1
|
|
static NumericDigit const_zero_point_five_data[1] = {5};
|
|
#endif
|
|
static NumericVar const_zero_point_five =
|
|
{1, -1, NUMERIC_POS, 1, NULL, const_zero_point_five_data};
|
|
|
|
#if DEC_DIGITS == 4
|
|
static NumericDigit const_zero_point_nine_data[1] = {9000};
|
|
#elif DEC_DIGITS == 2
|
|
static NumericDigit const_zero_point_nine_data[1] = {90};
|
|
#elif DEC_DIGITS == 1
|
|
static NumericDigit const_zero_point_nine_data[1] = {9};
|
|
#endif
|
|
static NumericVar const_zero_point_nine =
|
|
{1, -1, NUMERIC_POS, 1, NULL, const_zero_point_nine_data};
|
|
|
|
#if DEC_DIGITS == 4
|
|
static NumericDigit const_one_point_one_data[2] = {1, 1000};
|
|
#elif DEC_DIGITS == 2
|
|
static NumericDigit const_one_point_one_data[2] = {1, 10};
|
|
#elif DEC_DIGITS == 1
|
|
static NumericDigit const_one_point_one_data[2] = {1, 1};
|
|
#endif
|
|
static NumericVar const_one_point_one =
|
|
{2, 0, NUMERIC_POS, 1, NULL, const_one_point_one_data};
|
|
|
|
static NumericVar const_nan =
|
|
{0, 0, NUMERIC_NAN, 0, NULL, NULL};
|
|
|
|
#if DEC_DIGITS == 4
|
|
static const int round_powers[4] = {0, 1000, 100, 10};
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* ----------
|
|
* Local functions
|
|
* ----------
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
#ifdef NUMERIC_DEBUG
|
|
static void dump_numeric(const char *str, Numeric num);
|
|
static void dump_var(const char *str, NumericVar *var);
|
|
#else
|
|
#define dump_numeric(s,n)
|
|
#define dump_var(s,v)
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#define digitbuf_alloc(ndigits) \
|
|
((NumericDigit *) palloc((ndigits) * sizeof(NumericDigit)))
|
|
#define digitbuf_free(buf) \
|
|
do { \
|
|
if ((buf) != NULL) \
|
|
pfree(buf); \
|
|
} while (0)
|
|
|
|
#define init_var(v) MemSetAligned(v, 0, sizeof(NumericVar))
|
|
|
|
#define NUMERIC_DIGITS(num) (NUMERIC_HEADER_IS_SHORT(num) ? \
|
|
(num)->choice.n_short.n_data : (num)->choice.n_long.n_data)
|
|
#define NUMERIC_NDIGITS(num) \
|
|
((VARSIZE(num) - NUMERIC_HEADER_SIZE(num)) / sizeof(NumericDigit))
|
|
#define NUMERIC_CAN_BE_SHORT(scale,weight) \
|
|
((scale) <= NUMERIC_SHORT_DSCALE_MAX && \
|
|
(weight) <= NUMERIC_SHORT_WEIGHT_MAX && \
|
|
(weight) >= NUMERIC_SHORT_WEIGHT_MIN)
|
|
|
|
static void alloc_var(NumericVar *var, int ndigits);
|
|
static void free_var(NumericVar *var);
|
|
static void zero_var(NumericVar *var);
|
|
|
|
static const char *set_var_from_str(const char *str, const char *cp,
|
|
NumericVar *dest);
|
|
static void set_var_from_num(Numeric value, NumericVar *dest);
|
|
static void init_var_from_num(Numeric num, NumericVar *dest);
|
|
static void set_var_from_var(NumericVar *value, NumericVar *dest);
|
|
static char *get_str_from_var(NumericVar *var);
|
|
static char *get_str_from_var_sci(NumericVar *var, int rscale);
|
|
|
|
static Numeric make_result(NumericVar *var);
|
|
|
|
static void apply_typmod(NumericVar *var, int32 typmod);
|
|
|
|
static int32 numericvar_to_int32(NumericVar *var);
|
|
static bool numericvar_to_int64(NumericVar *var, int64 *result);
|
|
static void int64_to_numericvar(int64 val, NumericVar *var);
|
|
#ifdef HAVE_INT128
|
|
static bool numericvar_to_int128(NumericVar *var, int128 *result);
|
|
static void int128_to_numericvar(int128 val, NumericVar *var);
|
|
#endif
|
|
static double numeric_to_double_no_overflow(Numeric num);
|
|
static double numericvar_to_double_no_overflow(NumericVar *var);
|
|
|
|
static Datum numeric_abbrev_convert(Datum original_datum, SortSupport ssup);
|
|
static bool numeric_abbrev_abort(int memtupcount, SortSupport ssup);
|
|
static int numeric_fast_cmp(Datum x, Datum y, SortSupport ssup);
|
|
static int numeric_cmp_abbrev(Datum x, Datum y, SortSupport ssup);
|
|
|
|
static Datum numeric_abbrev_convert_var(NumericVar *var, NumericSortSupport *nss);
|
|
|
|
static int cmp_numerics(Numeric num1, Numeric num2);
|
|
static int cmp_var(NumericVar *var1, NumericVar *var2);
|
|
static int cmp_var_common(const NumericDigit *var1digits, int var1ndigits,
|
|
int var1weight, int var1sign,
|
|
const NumericDigit *var2digits, int var2ndigits,
|
|
int var2weight, int var2sign);
|
|
static void add_var(NumericVar *var1, NumericVar *var2, NumericVar *result);
|
|
static void sub_var(NumericVar *var1, NumericVar *var2, NumericVar *result);
|
|
static void mul_var(NumericVar *var1, NumericVar *var2, NumericVar *result,
|
|
int rscale);
|
|
static void div_var(NumericVar *var1, NumericVar *var2, NumericVar *result,
|
|
int rscale, bool round);
|
|
static void div_var_fast(NumericVar *var1, NumericVar *var2, NumericVar *result,
|
|
int rscale, bool round);
|
|
static int select_div_scale(NumericVar *var1, NumericVar *var2);
|
|
static void mod_var(NumericVar *var1, NumericVar *var2, NumericVar *result);
|
|
static void ceil_var(NumericVar *var, NumericVar *result);
|
|
static void floor_var(NumericVar *var, NumericVar *result);
|
|
|
|
static void sqrt_var(NumericVar *arg, NumericVar *result, int rscale);
|
|
static void exp_var(NumericVar *arg, NumericVar *result, int rscale);
|
|
static int estimate_ln_dweight(NumericVar *var);
|
|
static void ln_var(NumericVar *arg, NumericVar *result, int rscale);
|
|
static void log_var(NumericVar *base, NumericVar *num, NumericVar *result);
|
|
static void power_var(NumericVar *base, NumericVar *exp, NumericVar *result);
|
|
static void power_var_int(NumericVar *base, int exp, NumericVar *result,
|
|
int rscale);
|
|
|
|
static int cmp_abs(NumericVar *var1, NumericVar *var2);
|
|
static int cmp_abs_common(const NumericDigit *var1digits, int var1ndigits,
|
|
int var1weight,
|
|
const NumericDigit *var2digits, int var2ndigits,
|
|
int var2weight);
|
|
static void add_abs(NumericVar *var1, NumericVar *var2, NumericVar *result);
|
|
static void sub_abs(NumericVar *var1, NumericVar *var2, NumericVar *result);
|
|
static void round_var(NumericVar *var, int rscale);
|
|
static void trunc_var(NumericVar *var, int rscale);
|
|
static void strip_var(NumericVar *var);
|
|
static void compute_bucket(Numeric operand, Numeric bound1, Numeric bound2,
|
|
NumericVar *count_var, NumericVar *result_var);
|
|
|
|
static void accum_sum_add(NumericSumAccum *accum, NumericVar *var1);
|
|
static void accum_sum_rescale(NumericSumAccum *accum, NumericVar *val);
|
|
static void accum_sum_carry(NumericSumAccum *accum);
|
|
static void accum_sum_reset(NumericSumAccum *accum);
|
|
static void accum_sum_final(NumericSumAccum *accum, NumericVar *result);
|
|
static void accum_sum_copy(NumericSumAccum *dst, NumericSumAccum *src);
|
|
static void accum_sum_combine(NumericSumAccum *accum, NumericSumAccum *accum2);
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
*
|
|
* Input-, output- and rounding-functions
|
|
*
|
|
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* numeric_in() -
|
|
*
|
|
* Input function for numeric data type
|
|
*/
|
|
Datum
|
|
numeric_in(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
|
|
{
|
|
char *str = PG_GETARG_CSTRING(0);
|
|
|
|
#ifdef NOT_USED
|
|
Oid typelem = PG_GETARG_OID(1);
|
|
#endif
|
|
int32 typmod = PG_GETARG_INT32(2);
|
|
Numeric res;
|
|
const char *cp;
|
|
|
|
/* Skip leading spaces */
|
|
cp = str;
|
|
while (*cp)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!isspace((unsigned char) *cp))
|
|
break;
|
|
cp++;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Check for NaN
|
|
*/
|
|
if (pg_strncasecmp(cp, "NaN", 3) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
res = make_result(&const_nan);
|
|
|
|
/* Should be nothing left but spaces */
|
|
cp += 3;
|
|
while (*cp)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!isspace((unsigned char) *cp))
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TEXT_REPRESENTATION),
|
|
errmsg("invalid input syntax for type numeric: \"%s\"",
|
|
str)));
|
|
cp++;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* Use set_var_from_str() to parse a normal numeric value
|
|
*/
|
|
NumericVar value;
|
|
|
|
init_var(&value);
|
|
|
|
cp = set_var_from_str(str, cp, &value);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* We duplicate a few lines of code here because we would like to
|
|
* throw any trailing-junk syntax error before any semantic error
|
|
* resulting from apply_typmod. We can't easily fold the two cases
|
|
* together because we mustn't apply apply_typmod to a NaN.
|
|
*/
|
|
while (*cp)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!isspace((unsigned char) *cp))
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TEXT_REPRESENTATION),
|
|
errmsg("invalid input syntax for type numeric: \"%s\"",
|
|
str)));
|
|
cp++;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
apply_typmod(&value, typmod);
|
|
|
|
res = make_result(&value);
|
|
free_var(&value);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
PG_RETURN_NUMERIC(res);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* numeric_out() -
|
|
*
|
|
* Output function for numeric data type
|
|
*/
|
|
Datum
|
|
numeric_out(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
|
|
{
|
|
Numeric num = PG_GETARG_NUMERIC(0);
|
|
NumericVar x;
|
|
char *str;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Handle NaN
|
|
*/
|
|
if (NUMERIC_IS_NAN(num))
|
|
PG_RETURN_CSTRING(pstrdup("NaN"));
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Get the number in the variable format.
|
|
*/
|
|
init_var_from_num(num, &x);
|
|
|
|
str = get_str_from_var(&x);
|
|
|
|
PG_RETURN_CSTRING(str);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* numeric_is_nan() -
|
|
*
|
|
* Is Numeric value a NaN?
|
|
*/
|
|
bool
|
|
numeric_is_nan(Numeric num)
|
|
{
|
|
return NUMERIC_IS_NAN(num);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* numeric_maximum_size() -
|
|
*
|
|
* Maximum size of a numeric with given typmod, or -1 if unlimited/unknown.
|
|
*/
|
|
int32
|
|
numeric_maximum_size(int32 typmod)
|
|
{
|
|
int precision;
|
|
int numeric_digits;
|
|
|
|
if (typmod < (int32) (VARHDRSZ))
|
|
return -1;
|
|
|
|
/* precision (ie, max # of digits) is in upper bits of typmod */
|
|
precision = ((typmod - VARHDRSZ) >> 16) & 0xffff;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* This formula computes the maximum number of NumericDigits we could need
|
|
* in order to store the specified number of decimal digits. Because the
|
|
* weight is stored as a number of NumericDigits rather than a number of
|
|
* decimal digits, it's possible that the first NumericDigit will contain
|
|
* only a single decimal digit. Thus, the first two decimal digits can
|
|
* require two NumericDigits to store, but it isn't until we reach
|
|
* DEC_DIGITS + 2 decimal digits that we potentially need a third
|
|
* NumericDigit.
|
|
*/
|
|
numeric_digits = (precision + 2 * (DEC_DIGITS - 1)) / DEC_DIGITS;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* In most cases, the size of a numeric will be smaller than the value
|
|
* computed below, because the varlena header will typically get toasted
|
|
* down to a single byte before being stored on disk, and it may also be
|
|
* possible to use a short numeric header. But our job here is to compute
|
|
* the worst case.
|
|
*/
|
|
return NUMERIC_HDRSZ + (numeric_digits * sizeof(NumericDigit));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* numeric_out_sci() -
|
|
*
|
|
* Output function for numeric data type in scientific notation.
|
|
*/
|
|
char *
|
|
numeric_out_sci(Numeric num, int scale)
|
|
{
|
|
NumericVar x;
|
|
char *str;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Handle NaN
|
|
*/
|
|
if (NUMERIC_IS_NAN(num))
|
|
return pstrdup("NaN");
|
|
|
|
init_var_from_num(num, &x);
|
|
|
|
str = get_str_from_var_sci(&x, scale);
|
|
|
|
return str;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* numeric_normalize() -
|
|
*
|
|
* Output function for numeric data type, suppressing insignificant trailing
|
|
* zeroes and then any trailing decimal point. The intent of this is to
|
|
* produce strings that are equal if and only if the input numeric values
|
|
* compare equal.
|
|
*/
|
|
char *
|
|
numeric_normalize(Numeric num)
|
|
{
|
|
NumericVar x;
|
|
char *str;
|
|
int last;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Handle NaN
|
|
*/
|
|
if (NUMERIC_IS_NAN(num))
|
|
return pstrdup("NaN");
|
|
|
|
init_var_from_num(num, &x);
|
|
|
|
str = get_str_from_var(&x);
|
|
|
|
/* If there's no decimal point, there's certainly nothing to remove. */
|
|
if (strchr(str, '.') != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* Back up over trailing fractional zeroes. Since there is a decimal
|
|
* point, this loop will terminate safely.
|
|
*/
|
|
last = strlen(str) - 1;
|
|
while (str[last] == '0')
|
|
last--;
|
|
|
|
/* We want to get rid of the decimal point too, if it's now last. */
|
|
if (str[last] == '.')
|
|
last--;
|
|
|
|
/* Delete whatever we backed up over. */
|
|
str[last + 1] = '\0';
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return str;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* numeric_recv - converts external binary format to numeric
|
|
*
|
|
* External format is a sequence of int16's:
|
|
* ndigits, weight, sign, dscale, NumericDigits.
|
|
*/
|
|
Datum
|
|
numeric_recv(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
|
|
{
|
|
StringInfo buf = (StringInfo) PG_GETARG_POINTER(0);
|
|
|
|
#ifdef NOT_USED
|
|
Oid typelem = PG_GETARG_OID(1);
|
|
#endif
|
|
int32 typmod = PG_GETARG_INT32(2);
|
|
NumericVar value;
|
|
Numeric res;
|
|
int len,
|
|
i;
|
|
|
|
init_var(&value);
|
|
|
|
len = (uint16) pq_getmsgint(buf, sizeof(uint16));
|
|
|
|
alloc_var(&value, len);
|
|
|
|
value.weight = (int16) pq_getmsgint(buf, sizeof(int16));
|
|
/* we allow any int16 for weight --- OK? */
|
|
|
|
value.sign = (uint16) pq_getmsgint(buf, sizeof(uint16));
|
|
if (!(value.sign == NUMERIC_POS ||
|
|
value.sign == NUMERIC_NEG ||
|
|
value.sign == NUMERIC_NAN))
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_BINARY_REPRESENTATION),
|
|
errmsg("invalid sign in external \"numeric\" value")));
|
|
|
|
value.dscale = (uint16) pq_getmsgint(buf, sizeof(uint16));
|
|
if ((value.dscale & NUMERIC_DSCALE_MASK) != value.dscale)
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_BINARY_REPRESENTATION),
|
|
errmsg("invalid scale in external \"numeric\" value")));
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
NumericDigit d = pq_getmsgint(buf, sizeof(NumericDigit));
|
|
|
|
if (d < 0 || d >= NBASE)
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_BINARY_REPRESENTATION),
|
|
errmsg("invalid digit in external \"numeric\" value")));
|
|
value.digits[i] = d;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If the given dscale would hide any digits, truncate those digits away.
|
|
* We could alternatively throw an error, but that would take a bunch of
|
|
* extra code (about as much as trunc_var involves), and it might cause
|
|
* client compatibility issues.
|
|
*/
|
|
trunc_var(&value, value.dscale);
|
|
|
|
apply_typmod(&value, typmod);
|
|
|
|
res = make_result(&value);
|
|
free_var(&value);
|
|
|
|
PG_RETURN_NUMERIC(res);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* numeric_send - converts numeric to binary format
|
|
*/
|
|
Datum
|
|
numeric_send(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
|
|
{
|
|
Numeric num = PG_GETARG_NUMERIC(0);
|
|
NumericVar x;
|
|
StringInfoData buf;
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
init_var_from_num(num, &x);
|
|
|
|
pq_begintypsend(&buf);
|
|
|
|
pq_sendint(&buf, x.ndigits, sizeof(int16));
|
|
pq_sendint(&buf, x.weight, sizeof(int16));
|
|
pq_sendint(&buf, x.sign, sizeof(int16));
|
|
pq_sendint(&buf, x.dscale, sizeof(int16));
|
|
for (i = 0; i < x.ndigits; i++)
|
|
pq_sendint(&buf, x.digits[i], sizeof(NumericDigit));
|
|
|
|
PG_RETURN_BYTEA_P(pq_endtypsend(&buf));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* numeric_transform() -
|
|
*
|
|
* Flatten calls to numeric's length coercion function that solely represent
|
|
* increases in allowable precision. Scale changes mutate every datum, so
|
|
* they are unoptimizable. Some values, e.g. 1E-1001, can only fit into an
|
|
* unconstrained numeric, so a change from an unconstrained numeric to any
|
|
* constrained numeric is also unoptimizable.
|
|
*/
|
|
Datum
|
|
numeric_transform(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
|
|
{
|
|
FuncExpr *expr = (FuncExpr *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(0);
|
|
Node *ret = NULL;
|
|
Node *typmod;
|
|
|
|
Assert(IsA(expr, FuncExpr));
|
|
Assert(list_length(expr->args) >= 2);
|
|
|
|
typmod = (Node *) lsecond(expr->args);
|
|
|
|
if (IsA(typmod, Const) &&!((Const *) typmod)->constisnull)
|
|
{
|
|
Node *source = (Node *) linitial(expr->args);
|
|
int32 old_typmod = exprTypmod(source);
|
|
int32 new_typmod = DatumGetInt32(((Const *) typmod)->constvalue);
|
|
int32 old_scale = (old_typmod - VARHDRSZ) & 0xffff;
|
|
int32 new_scale = (new_typmod - VARHDRSZ) & 0xffff;
|
|
int32 old_precision = (old_typmod - VARHDRSZ) >> 16 & 0xffff;
|
|
int32 new_precision = (new_typmod - VARHDRSZ) >> 16 & 0xffff;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If new_typmod < VARHDRSZ, the destination is unconstrained; that's
|
|
* always OK. If old_typmod >= VARHDRSZ, the source is constrained,
|
|
* and we're OK if the scale is unchanged and the precision is not
|
|
* decreasing. See further notes in function header comment.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (new_typmod < (int32) VARHDRSZ ||
|
|
(old_typmod >= (int32) VARHDRSZ &&
|
|
new_scale == old_scale && new_precision >= old_precision))
|
|
ret = relabel_to_typmod(source, new_typmod);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
PG_RETURN_POINTER(ret);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* numeric() -
|
|
*
|
|
* This is a special function called by the Postgres database system
|
|
* before a value is stored in a tuple's attribute. The precision and
|
|
* scale of the attribute have to be applied on the value.
|
|
*/
|
|
Datum
|
|
numeric (PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
|
|
{
|
|
Numeric num = PG_GETARG_NUMERIC(0);
|
|
int32 typmod = PG_GETARG_INT32(1);
|
|
Numeric new;
|
|
int32 tmp_typmod;
|
|
int precision;
|
|
int scale;
|
|
int ddigits;
|
|
int maxdigits;
|
|
NumericVar var;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Handle NaN
|
|
*/
|
|
if (NUMERIC_IS_NAN(num))
|
|
PG_RETURN_NUMERIC(make_result(&const_nan));
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If the value isn't a valid type modifier, simply return a copy of the
|
|
* input value
|
|
*/
|
|
if (typmod < (int32) (VARHDRSZ))
|
|
{
|
|
new = (Numeric) palloc(VARSIZE(num));
|
|
memcpy(new, num, VARSIZE(num));
|
|
PG_RETURN_NUMERIC(new);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Get the precision and scale out of the typmod value
|
|
*/
|
|
tmp_typmod = typmod - VARHDRSZ;
|
|
precision = (tmp_typmod >> 16) & 0xffff;
|
|
scale = tmp_typmod & 0xffff;
|
|
maxdigits = precision - scale;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If the number is certainly in bounds and due to the target scale no
|
|
* rounding could be necessary, just make a copy of the input and modify
|
|
* its scale fields, unless the larger scale forces us to abandon the
|
|
* short representation. (Note we assume the existing dscale is
|
|
* honest...)
|
|
*/
|
|
ddigits = (NUMERIC_WEIGHT(num) + 1) * DEC_DIGITS;
|
|
if (ddigits <= maxdigits && scale >= NUMERIC_DSCALE(num)
|
|
&& (NUMERIC_CAN_BE_SHORT(scale, NUMERIC_WEIGHT(num))
|
|
|| !NUMERIC_IS_SHORT(num)))
|
|
{
|
|
new = (Numeric) palloc(VARSIZE(num));
|
|
memcpy(new, num, VARSIZE(num));
|
|
if (NUMERIC_IS_SHORT(num))
|
|
new->choice.n_short.n_header =
|
|
(num->choice.n_short.n_header & ~NUMERIC_SHORT_DSCALE_MASK)
|
|
| (scale << NUMERIC_SHORT_DSCALE_SHIFT);
|
|
else
|
|
new->choice.n_long.n_sign_dscale = NUMERIC_SIGN(new) |
|
|
((uint16) scale & NUMERIC_DSCALE_MASK);
|
|
PG_RETURN_NUMERIC(new);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* We really need to fiddle with things - unpack the number into a
|
|
* variable and let apply_typmod() do it.
|
|
*/
|
|
init_var(&var);
|
|
|
|
set_var_from_num(num, &var);
|
|
apply_typmod(&var, typmod);
|
|
new = make_result(&var);
|
|
|
|
free_var(&var);
|
|
|
|
PG_RETURN_NUMERIC(new);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Datum
|
|
numerictypmodin(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
|
|
{
|
|
ArrayType *ta = PG_GETARG_ARRAYTYPE_P(0);
|
|
int32 *tl;
|
|
int n;
|
|
int32 typmod;
|
|
|
|
tl = ArrayGetIntegerTypmods(ta, &n);
|
|
|
|
if (n == 2)
|
|
{
|
|
if (tl[0] < 1 || tl[0] > NUMERIC_MAX_PRECISION)
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
|
|
errmsg("NUMERIC precision %d must be between 1 and %d",
|
|
tl[0], NUMERIC_MAX_PRECISION)));
|
|
if (tl[1] < 0 || tl[1] > tl[0])
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
|
|
errmsg("NUMERIC scale %d must be between 0 and precision %d",
|
|
tl[1], tl[0])));
|
|
typmod = ((tl[0] << 16) | tl[1]) + VARHDRSZ;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (n == 1)
|
|
{
|
|
if (tl[0] < 1 || tl[0] > NUMERIC_MAX_PRECISION)
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
|
|
errmsg("NUMERIC precision %d must be between 1 and %d",
|
|
tl[0], NUMERIC_MAX_PRECISION)));
|
|
/* scale defaults to zero */
|
|
typmod = (tl[0] << 16) + VARHDRSZ;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
|
|
errmsg("invalid NUMERIC type modifier")));
|
|
typmod = 0; /* keep compiler quiet */
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
PG_RETURN_INT32(typmod);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Datum
|
|
numerictypmodout(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
|
|
{
|
|
int32 typmod = PG_GETARG_INT32(0);
|
|
char *res = (char *) palloc(64);
|
|
|
|
if (typmod >= 0)
|
|
snprintf(res, 64, "(%d,%d)",
|
|
((typmod - VARHDRSZ) >> 16) & 0xffff,
|
|
(typmod - VARHDRSZ) & 0xffff);
|
|
else
|
|
*res = '\0';
|
|
|
|
PG_RETURN_CSTRING(res);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
*
|
|
* Sign manipulation, rounding and the like
|
|
*
|
|
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
Datum
|
|
numeric_abs(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
|
|
{
|
|
Numeric num = PG_GETARG_NUMERIC(0);
|
|
Numeric res;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Handle NaN
|
|
*/
|
|
if (NUMERIC_IS_NAN(num))
|
|
PG_RETURN_NUMERIC(make_result(&const_nan));
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Do it the easy way directly on the packed format
|
|
*/
|
|
res = (Numeric) palloc(VARSIZE(num));
|
|
memcpy(res, num, VARSIZE(num));
|
|
|
|
if (NUMERIC_IS_SHORT(num))
|
|
res->choice.n_short.n_header =
|
|
num->choice.n_short.n_header & ~NUMERIC_SHORT_SIGN_MASK;
|
|
else
|
|
res->choice.n_long.n_sign_dscale = NUMERIC_POS | NUMERIC_DSCALE(num);
|
|
|
|
PG_RETURN_NUMERIC(res);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
Datum
|
|
numeric_uminus(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
|
|
{
|
|
Numeric num = PG_GETARG_NUMERIC(0);
|
|
Numeric res;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Handle NaN
|
|
*/
|
|
if (NUMERIC_IS_NAN(num))
|
|
PG_RETURN_NUMERIC(make_result(&const_nan));
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Do it the easy way directly on the packed format
|
|
*/
|
|
res = (Numeric) palloc(VARSIZE(num));
|
|
memcpy(res, num, VARSIZE(num));
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* The packed format is known to be totally zero digit trimmed always. So
|
|
* we can identify a ZERO by the fact that there are no digits at all. Do
|
|
* nothing to a zero.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (NUMERIC_NDIGITS(num) != 0)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Else, flip the sign */
|
|
if (NUMERIC_IS_SHORT(num))
|
|
res->choice.n_short.n_header =
|
|
num->choice.n_short.n_header ^ NUMERIC_SHORT_SIGN_MASK;
|
|
else if (NUMERIC_SIGN(num) == NUMERIC_POS)
|
|
res->choice.n_long.n_sign_dscale =
|
|
NUMERIC_NEG | NUMERIC_DSCALE(num);
|
|
else
|
|
res->choice.n_long.n_sign_dscale =
|
|
NUMERIC_POS | NUMERIC_DSCALE(num);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
PG_RETURN_NUMERIC(res);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
Datum
|
|
numeric_uplus(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
|
|
{
|
|
Numeric num = PG_GETARG_NUMERIC(0);
|
|
Numeric res;
|
|
|
|
res = (Numeric) palloc(VARSIZE(num));
|
|
memcpy(res, num, VARSIZE(num));
|
|
|
|
PG_RETURN_NUMERIC(res);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* numeric_sign() -
|
|
*
|
|
* returns -1 if the argument is less than 0, 0 if the argument is equal
|
|
* to 0, and 1 if the argument is greater than zero.
|
|
*/
|
|
Datum
|
|
numeric_sign(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
|
|
{
|
|
Numeric num = PG_GETARG_NUMERIC(0);
|
|
Numeric res;
|
|
NumericVar result;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Handle NaN
|
|
*/
|
|
if (NUMERIC_IS_NAN(num))
|
|
PG_RETURN_NUMERIC(make_result(&const_nan));
|
|
|
|
init_var(&result);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* The packed format is known to be totally zero digit trimmed always. So
|
|
* we can identify a ZERO by the fact that there are no digits at all.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (NUMERIC_NDIGITS(num) == 0)
|
|
set_var_from_var(&const_zero, &result);
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* And if there are some, we return a copy of ONE with the sign of our
|
|
* argument
|
|
*/
|
|
set_var_from_var(&const_one, &result);
|
|
result.sign = NUMERIC_SIGN(num);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
res = make_result(&result);
|
|
free_var(&result);
|
|
|
|
PG_RETURN_NUMERIC(res);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* numeric_round() -
|
|
*
|
|
* Round a value to have 'scale' digits after the decimal point.
|
|
* We allow negative 'scale', implying rounding before the decimal
|
|
* point --- Oracle interprets rounding that way.
|
|
*/
|
|
Datum
|
|
numeric_round(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
|
|
{
|
|
Numeric num = PG_GETARG_NUMERIC(0);
|
|
int32 scale = PG_GETARG_INT32(1);
|
|
Numeric res;
|
|
NumericVar arg;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Handle NaN
|
|
*/
|
|
if (NUMERIC_IS_NAN(num))
|
|
PG_RETURN_NUMERIC(make_result(&const_nan));
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Limit the scale value to avoid possible overflow in calculations
|
|
*/
|
|
scale = Max(scale, -NUMERIC_MAX_RESULT_SCALE);
|
|
scale = Min(scale, NUMERIC_MAX_RESULT_SCALE);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Unpack the argument and round it at the proper digit position
|
|
*/
|
|
init_var(&arg);
|
|
set_var_from_num(num, &arg);
|
|
|
|
round_var(&arg, scale);
|
|
|
|
/* We don't allow negative output dscale */
|
|
if (scale < 0)
|
|
arg.dscale = 0;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Return the rounded result
|
|
*/
|
|
res = make_result(&arg);
|
|
|
|
free_var(&arg);
|
|
PG_RETURN_NUMERIC(res);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* numeric_trunc() -
|
|
*
|
|
* Truncate a value to have 'scale' digits after the decimal point.
|
|
* We allow negative 'scale', implying a truncation before the decimal
|
|
* point --- Oracle interprets truncation that way.
|
|
*/
|
|
Datum
|
|
numeric_trunc(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
|
|
{
|
|
Numeric num = PG_GETARG_NUMERIC(0);
|
|
int32 scale = PG_GETARG_INT32(1);
|
|
Numeric res;
|
|
NumericVar arg;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Handle NaN
|
|
*/
|
|
if (NUMERIC_IS_NAN(num))
|
|
PG_RETURN_NUMERIC(make_result(&const_nan));
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Limit the scale value to avoid possible overflow in calculations
|
|
*/
|
|
scale = Max(scale, -NUMERIC_MAX_RESULT_SCALE);
|
|
scale = Min(scale, NUMERIC_MAX_RESULT_SCALE);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Unpack the argument and truncate it at the proper digit position
|
|
*/
|
|
init_var(&arg);
|
|
set_var_from_num(num, &arg);
|
|
|
|
trunc_var(&arg, scale);
|
|
|
|
/* We don't allow negative output dscale */
|
|
if (scale < 0)
|
|
arg.dscale = 0;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Return the truncated result
|
|
*/
|
|
res = make_result(&arg);
|
|
|
|
free_var(&arg);
|
|
PG_RETURN_NUMERIC(res);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* numeric_ceil() -
|
|
*
|
|
* Return the smallest integer greater than or equal to the argument
|
|
*/
|
|
Datum
|
|
numeric_ceil(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
|
|
{
|
|
Numeric num = PG_GETARG_NUMERIC(0);
|
|
Numeric res;
|
|
NumericVar result;
|
|
|
|
if (NUMERIC_IS_NAN(num))
|
|
PG_RETURN_NUMERIC(make_result(&const_nan));
|
|
|
|
init_var_from_num(num, &result);
|
|
ceil_var(&result, &result);
|
|
|
|
res = make_result(&result);
|
|
free_var(&result);
|
|
|
|
PG_RETURN_NUMERIC(res);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* numeric_floor() -
|
|
*
|
|
* Return the largest integer equal to or less than the argument
|
|
*/
|
|
Datum
|
|
numeric_floor(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
|
|
{
|
|
Numeric num = PG_GETARG_NUMERIC(0);
|
|
Numeric res;
|
|
NumericVar result;
|
|
|
|
if (NUMERIC_IS_NAN(num))
|
|
PG_RETURN_NUMERIC(make_result(&const_nan));
|
|
|
|
init_var_from_num(num, &result);
|
|
floor_var(&result, &result);
|
|
|
|
res = make_result(&result);
|
|
free_var(&result);
|
|
|
|
PG_RETURN_NUMERIC(res);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* generate_series_numeric() -
|
|
*
|
|
* Generate series of numeric.
|
|
*/
|
|
Datum
|
|
generate_series_numeric(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
|
|
{
|
|
return generate_series_step_numeric(fcinfo);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Datum
|
|
generate_series_step_numeric(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
|
|
{
|
|
generate_series_numeric_fctx *fctx;
|
|
FuncCallContext *funcctx;
|
|
MemoryContext oldcontext;
|
|
|
|
if (SRF_IS_FIRSTCALL())
|
|
{
|
|
Numeric start_num = PG_GETARG_NUMERIC(0);
|
|
Numeric stop_num = PG_GETARG_NUMERIC(1);
|
|
NumericVar steploc = const_one;
|
|
|
|
/* handle NaN in start and stop values */
|
|
if (NUMERIC_IS_NAN(start_num))
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
|
|
errmsg("start value cannot be NaN")));
|
|
|
|
if (NUMERIC_IS_NAN(stop_num))
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
|
|
errmsg("stop value cannot be NaN")));
|
|
|
|
/* see if we were given an explicit step size */
|
|
if (PG_NARGS() == 3)
|
|
{
|
|
Numeric step_num = PG_GETARG_NUMERIC(2);
|
|
|
|
if (NUMERIC_IS_NAN(step_num))
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
|
|
errmsg("step size cannot be NaN")));
|
|
|
|
init_var_from_num(step_num, &steploc);
|
|
|
|
if (cmp_var(&steploc, &const_zero) == 0)
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
|
|
errmsg("step size cannot equal zero")));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* create a function context for cross-call persistence */
|
|
funcctx = SRF_FIRSTCALL_INIT();
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Switch to memory context appropriate for multiple function calls.
|
|
*/
|
|
oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(funcctx->multi_call_memory_ctx);
|
|
|
|
/* allocate memory for user context */
|
|
fctx = (generate_series_numeric_fctx *)
|
|
palloc(sizeof(generate_series_numeric_fctx));
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Use fctx to keep state from call to call. Seed current with the
|
|
* original start value. We must copy the start_num and stop_num
|
|
* values rather than pointing to them, since we may have detoasted
|
|
* them in the per-call context.
|
|
*/
|
|
init_var(&fctx->current);
|
|
init_var(&fctx->stop);
|
|
init_var(&fctx->step);
|
|
|
|
set_var_from_num(start_num, &fctx->current);
|
|
set_var_from_num(stop_num, &fctx->stop);
|
|
set_var_from_var(&steploc, &fctx->step);
|
|
|
|
funcctx->user_fctx = fctx;
|
|
MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* stuff done on every call of the function */
|
|
funcctx = SRF_PERCALL_SETUP();
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Get the saved state and use current state as the result of this
|
|
* iteration.
|
|
*/
|
|
fctx = funcctx->user_fctx;
|
|
|
|
if ((fctx->step.sign == NUMERIC_POS &&
|
|
cmp_var(&fctx->current, &fctx->stop) <= 0) ||
|
|
(fctx->step.sign == NUMERIC_NEG &&
|
|
cmp_var(&fctx->current, &fctx->stop) >= 0))
|
|
{
|
|
Numeric result = make_result(&fctx->current);
|
|
|
|
/* switch to memory context appropriate for iteration calculation */
|
|
oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(funcctx->multi_call_memory_ctx);
|
|
|
|
/* increment current in preparation for next iteration */
|
|
add_var(&fctx->current, &fctx->step, &fctx->current);
|
|
MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
|
|
|
|
/* do when there is more left to send */
|
|
SRF_RETURN_NEXT(funcctx, NumericGetDatum(result));
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
/* do when there is no more left */
|
|
SRF_RETURN_DONE(funcctx);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Implements the numeric version of the width_bucket() function
|
|
* defined by SQL2003. See also width_bucket_float8().
|
|
*
|
|
* 'bound1' and 'bound2' are the lower and upper bounds of the
|
|
* histogram's range, respectively. 'count' is the number of buckets
|
|
* in the histogram. width_bucket() returns an integer indicating the
|
|
* bucket number that 'operand' belongs to in an equiwidth histogram
|
|
* with the specified characteristics. An operand smaller than the
|
|
* lower bound is assigned to bucket 0. An operand greater than the
|
|
* upper bound is assigned to an additional bucket (with number
|
|
* count+1). We don't allow "NaN" for any of the numeric arguments.
|
|
*/
|
|
Datum
|
|
width_bucket_numeric(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
|
|
{
|
|
Numeric operand = PG_GETARG_NUMERIC(0);
|
|
Numeric bound1 = PG_GETARG_NUMERIC(1);
|
|
Numeric bound2 = PG_GETARG_NUMERIC(2);
|
|
int32 count = PG_GETARG_INT32(3);
|
|
NumericVar count_var;
|
|
NumericVar result_var;
|
|
int32 result;
|
|
|
|
if (count <= 0)
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_ARGUMENT_FOR_WIDTH_BUCKET_FUNCTION),
|
|
errmsg("count must be greater than zero")));
|
|
|
|
if (NUMERIC_IS_NAN(operand) ||
|
|
NUMERIC_IS_NAN(bound1) ||
|
|
NUMERIC_IS_NAN(bound2))
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_ARGUMENT_FOR_WIDTH_BUCKET_FUNCTION),
|
|
errmsg("operand, lower bound, and upper bound cannot be NaN")));
|
|
|
|
init_var(&result_var);
|
|
init_var(&count_var);
|
|
|
|
/* Convert 'count' to a numeric, for ease of use later */
|
|
int64_to_numericvar((int64) count, &count_var);
|
|
|
|
switch (cmp_numerics(bound1, bound2))
|
|
{
|
|
case 0:
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_ARGUMENT_FOR_WIDTH_BUCKET_FUNCTION),
|
|
errmsg("lower bound cannot equal upper bound")));
|
|
|
|
/* bound1 < bound2 */
|
|
case -1:
|
|
if (cmp_numerics(operand, bound1) < 0)
|
|
set_var_from_var(&const_zero, &result_var);
|
|
else if (cmp_numerics(operand, bound2) >= 0)
|
|
add_var(&count_var, &const_one, &result_var);
|
|
else
|
|
compute_bucket(operand, bound1, bound2,
|
|
&count_var, &result_var);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
/* bound1 > bound2 */
|
|
case 1:
|
|
if (cmp_numerics(operand, bound1) > 0)
|
|
set_var_from_var(&const_zero, &result_var);
|
|
else if (cmp_numerics(operand, bound2) <= 0)
|
|
add_var(&count_var, &const_one, &result_var);
|
|
else
|
|
compute_bucket(operand, bound1, bound2,
|
|
&count_var, &result_var);
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* if result exceeds the range of a legal int4, we ereport here */
|
|
result = numericvar_to_int32(&result_var);
|
|
|
|
free_var(&count_var);
|
|
free_var(&result_var);
|
|
|
|
PG_RETURN_INT32(result);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If 'operand' is not outside the bucket range, determine the correct
|
|
* bucket for it to go. The calculations performed by this function
|
|
* are derived directly from the SQL2003 spec.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
compute_bucket(Numeric operand, Numeric bound1, Numeric bound2,
|
|
NumericVar *count_var, NumericVar *result_var)
|
|
{
|
|
NumericVar bound1_var;
|
|
NumericVar bound2_var;
|
|
NumericVar operand_var;
|
|
|
|
init_var_from_num(bound1, &bound1_var);
|
|
init_var_from_num(bound2, &bound2_var);
|
|
init_var_from_num(operand, &operand_var);
|
|
|
|
if (cmp_var(&bound1_var, &bound2_var) < 0)
|
|
{
|
|
sub_var(&operand_var, &bound1_var, &operand_var);
|
|
sub_var(&bound2_var, &bound1_var, &bound2_var);
|
|
div_var(&operand_var, &bound2_var, result_var,
|
|
select_div_scale(&operand_var, &bound2_var), true);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
sub_var(&bound1_var, &operand_var, &operand_var);
|
|
sub_var(&bound1_var, &bound2_var, &bound1_var);
|
|
div_var(&operand_var, &bound1_var, result_var,
|
|
select_div_scale(&operand_var, &bound1_var), true);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
mul_var(result_var, count_var, result_var,
|
|
result_var->dscale + count_var->dscale);
|
|
add_var(result_var, &const_one, result_var);
|
|
floor_var(result_var, result_var);
|
|
|
|
free_var(&bound1_var);
|
|
free_var(&bound2_var);
|
|
free_var(&operand_var);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
*
|
|
* Comparison functions
|
|
*
|
|
* Note: btree indexes need these routines not to leak memory; therefore,
|
|
* be careful to free working copies of toasted datums. Most places don't
|
|
* need to be so careful.
|
|
*
|
|
* Sort support:
|
|
*
|
|
* We implement the sortsupport strategy routine in order to get the benefit of
|
|
* abbreviation. The ordinary numeric comparison can be quite slow as a result
|
|
* of palloc/pfree cycles (due to detoasting packed values for alignment);
|
|
* while this could be worked on itself, the abbreviation strategy gives more
|
|
* speedup in many common cases.
|
|
*
|
|
* Two different representations are used for the abbreviated form, one in
|
|
* int32 and one in int64, whichever fits into a by-value Datum. In both cases
|
|
* the representation is negated relative to the original value, because we use
|
|
* the largest negative value for NaN, which sorts higher than other values. We
|
|
* convert the absolute value of the numeric to a 31-bit or 63-bit positive
|
|
* value, and then negate it if the original number was positive.
|
|
*
|
|
* We abort the abbreviation process if the abbreviation cardinality is below
|
|
* 0.01% of the row count (1 per 10k non-null rows). The actual break-even
|
|
* point is somewhat below that, perhaps 1 per 30k (at 1 per 100k there's a
|
|
* very small penalty), but we don't want to build up too many abbreviated
|
|
* values before first testing for abort, so we take the slightly pessimistic
|
|
* number. We make no attempt to estimate the cardinality of the real values,
|
|
* since it plays no part in the cost model here (if the abbreviation is equal,
|
|
* the cost of comparing equal and unequal underlying values is comparable).
|
|
* We discontinue even checking for abort (saving us the hashing overhead) if
|
|
* the estimated cardinality gets to 100k; that would be enough to support many
|
|
* billions of rows while doing no worse than breaking even.
|
|
*
|
|
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Sort support strategy routine.
|
|
*/
|
|
Datum
|
|
numeric_sortsupport(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
|
|
{
|
|
SortSupport ssup = (SortSupport) PG_GETARG_POINTER(0);
|
|
|
|
ssup->comparator = numeric_fast_cmp;
|
|
|
|
if (ssup->abbreviate)
|
|
{
|
|
NumericSortSupport *nss;
|
|
MemoryContext oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(ssup->ssup_cxt);
|
|
|
|
nss = palloc(sizeof(NumericSortSupport));
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* palloc a buffer for handling unaligned packed values in addition to
|
|
* the support struct
|
|
*/
|
|
nss->buf = palloc(VARATT_SHORT_MAX + VARHDRSZ + 1);
|
|
|
|
nss->input_count = 0;
|
|
nss->estimating = true;
|
|
initHyperLogLog(&nss->abbr_card, 10);
|
|
|
|
ssup->ssup_extra = nss;
|
|
|
|
ssup->abbrev_full_comparator = ssup->comparator;
|
|
ssup->comparator = numeric_cmp_abbrev;
|
|
ssup->abbrev_converter = numeric_abbrev_convert;
|
|
ssup->abbrev_abort = numeric_abbrev_abort;
|
|
|
|
MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
PG_RETURN_VOID();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Abbreviate a numeric datum, handling NaNs and detoasting
|
|
* (must not leak memory!)
|
|
*/
|
|
static Datum
|
|
numeric_abbrev_convert(Datum original_datum, SortSupport ssup)
|
|
{
|
|
NumericSortSupport *nss = ssup->ssup_extra;
|
|
void *original_varatt = PG_DETOAST_DATUM_PACKED(original_datum);
|
|
Numeric value;
|
|
Datum result;
|
|
|
|
nss->input_count += 1;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* This is to handle packed datums without needing a palloc/pfree cycle;
|
|
* we keep and reuse a buffer large enough to handle any short datum.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (VARATT_IS_SHORT(original_varatt))
|
|
{
|
|
void *buf = nss->buf;
|
|
Size sz = VARSIZE_SHORT(original_varatt) - VARHDRSZ_SHORT;
|
|
|
|
Assert(sz <= VARATT_SHORT_MAX - VARHDRSZ_SHORT);
|
|
|
|
SET_VARSIZE(buf, VARHDRSZ + sz);
|
|
memcpy(VARDATA(buf), VARDATA_SHORT(original_varatt), sz);
|
|
|
|
value = (Numeric) buf;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
value = (Numeric) original_varatt;
|
|
|
|
if (NUMERIC_IS_NAN(value))
|
|
{
|
|
result = NUMERIC_ABBREV_NAN;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
NumericVar var;
|
|
|
|
init_var_from_num(value, &var);
|
|
|
|
result = numeric_abbrev_convert_var(&var, nss);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* should happen only for external/compressed toasts */
|
|
if ((Pointer) original_varatt != DatumGetPointer(original_datum))
|
|
pfree(original_varatt);
|
|
|
|
return result;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Consider whether to abort abbreviation.
|
|
*
|
|
* We pay no attention to the cardinality of the non-abbreviated data. There is
|
|
* no reason to do so: unlike text, we have no fast check for equal values, so
|
|
* we pay the full overhead whenever the abbreviations are equal regardless of
|
|
* whether the underlying values are also equal.
|
|
*/
|
|
static bool
|
|
numeric_abbrev_abort(int memtupcount, SortSupport ssup)
|
|
{
|
|
NumericSortSupport *nss = ssup->ssup_extra;
|
|
double abbr_card;
|
|
|
|
if (memtupcount < 10000 || nss->input_count < 10000 || !nss->estimating)
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
abbr_card = estimateHyperLogLog(&nss->abbr_card);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If we have >100k distinct values, then even if we were sorting many
|
|
* billion rows we'd likely still break even, and the penalty of undoing
|
|
* that many rows of abbrevs would probably not be worth it. Stop even
|
|
* counting at that point.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (abbr_card > 100000.0)
|
|
{
|
|
#ifdef TRACE_SORT
|
|
if (trace_sort)
|
|
elog(LOG,
|
|
"numeric_abbrev: estimation ends at cardinality %f"
|
|
" after " INT64_FORMAT " values (%d rows)",
|
|
abbr_card, nss->input_count, memtupcount);
|
|
#endif
|
|
nss->estimating = false;
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Target minimum cardinality is 1 per ~10k of non-null inputs. (The
|
|
* break even point is somewhere between one per 100k rows, where
|
|
* abbreviation has a very slight penalty, and 1 per 10k where it wins by
|
|
* a measurable percentage.) We use the relatively pessimistic 10k
|
|
* threshold, and add a 0.5 row fudge factor, because it allows us to
|
|
* abort earlier on genuinely pathological data where we've had exactly
|
|
* one abbreviated value in the first 10k (non-null) rows.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (abbr_card < nss->input_count / 10000.0 + 0.5)
|
|
{
|
|
#ifdef TRACE_SORT
|
|
if (trace_sort)
|
|
elog(LOG,
|
|
"numeric_abbrev: aborting abbreviation at cardinality %f"
|
|
" below threshold %f after " INT64_FORMAT " values (%d rows)",
|
|
abbr_card, nss->input_count / 10000.0 + 0.5,
|
|
nss->input_count, memtupcount);
|
|
#endif
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#ifdef TRACE_SORT
|
|
if (trace_sort)
|
|
elog(LOG,
|
|
"numeric_abbrev: cardinality %f"
|
|
" after " INT64_FORMAT " values (%d rows)",
|
|
abbr_card, nss->input_count, memtupcount);
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Non-fmgr interface to the comparison routine to allow sortsupport to elide
|
|
* the fmgr call. The saving here is small given how slow numeric comparisons
|
|
* are, but it is a required part of the sort support API when abbreviations
|
|
* are performed.
|
|
*
|
|
* Two palloc/pfree cycles could be saved here by using persistent buffers for
|
|
* aligning short-varlena inputs, but this has not so far been considered to
|
|
* be worth the effort.
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
numeric_fast_cmp(Datum x, Datum y, SortSupport ssup)
|
|
{
|
|
Numeric nx = DatumGetNumeric(x);
|
|
Numeric ny = DatumGetNumeric(y);
|
|
int result;
|
|
|
|
result = cmp_numerics(nx, ny);
|
|
|
|
if ((Pointer) nx != DatumGetPointer(x))
|
|
pfree(nx);
|
|
if ((Pointer) ny != DatumGetPointer(y))
|
|
pfree(ny);
|
|
|
|
return result;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Compare abbreviations of values. (Abbreviations may be equal where the true
|
|
* values differ, but if the abbreviations differ, they must reflect the
|
|
* ordering of the true values.)
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
numeric_cmp_abbrev(Datum x, Datum y, SortSupport ssup)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* NOTE WELL: this is intentionally backwards, because the abbreviation is
|
|
* negated relative to the original value, to handle NaN.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (DatumGetNumericAbbrev(x) < DatumGetNumericAbbrev(y))
|
|
return 1;
|
|
if (DatumGetNumericAbbrev(x) > DatumGetNumericAbbrev(y))
|
|
return -1;
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Abbreviate a NumericVar according to the available bit size.
|
|
*
|
|
* The 31-bit value is constructed as:
|
|
*
|
|
* 0 + 7bits digit weight + 24 bits digit value
|
|
*
|
|
* where the digit weight is in single decimal digits, not digit words, and
|
|
* stored in excess-44 representation[1]. The 24-bit digit value is the 7 most
|
|
* significant decimal digits of the value converted to binary. Values whose
|
|
* weights would fall outside the representable range are rounded off to zero
|
|
* (which is also used to represent actual zeros) or to 0x7FFFFFFF (which
|
|
* otherwise cannot occur). Abbreviation therefore fails to gain any advantage
|
|
* where values are outside the range 10^-44 to 10^83, which is not considered
|
|
* to be a serious limitation, or when values are of the same magnitude and
|
|
* equal in the first 7 decimal digits, which is considered to be an
|
|
* unavoidable limitation given the available bits. (Stealing three more bits
|
|
* to compare another digit would narrow the range of representable weights by
|
|
* a factor of 8, which starts to look like a real limiting factor.)
|
|
*
|
|
* (The value 44 for the excess is essentially arbitrary)
|
|
*
|
|
* The 63-bit value is constructed as:
|
|
*
|
|
* 0 + 7bits weight + 4 x 14-bit packed digit words
|
|
*
|
|
* The weight in this case is again stored in excess-44, but this time it is
|
|
* the original weight in digit words (i.e. powers of 10000). The first four
|
|
* digit words of the value (if present; trailing zeros are assumed as needed)
|
|
* are packed into 14 bits each to form the rest of the value. Again,
|
|
* out-of-range values are rounded off to 0 or 0x7FFFFFFFFFFFFFFF. The
|
|
* representable range in this case is 10^-176 to 10^332, which is considered
|
|
* to be good enough for all practical purposes, and comparison of 4 words
|
|
* means that at least 13 decimal digits are compared, which is considered to
|
|
* be a reasonable compromise between effectiveness and efficiency in computing
|
|
* the abbreviation.
|
|
*
|
|
* (The value 44 for the excess is even more arbitrary here, it was chosen just
|
|
* to match the value used in the 31-bit case)
|
|
*
|
|
* [1] - Excess-k representation means that the value is offset by adding 'k'
|
|
* and then treated as unsigned, so the smallest representable value is stored
|
|
* with all bits zero. This allows simple comparisons to work on the composite
|
|
* value.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
#if NUMERIC_ABBREV_BITS == 64
|
|
|
|
static Datum
|
|
numeric_abbrev_convert_var(NumericVar *var, NumericSortSupport *nss)
|
|
{
|
|
int ndigits = var->ndigits;
|
|
int weight = var->weight;
|
|
int64 result;
|
|
|
|
if (ndigits == 0 || weight < -44)
|
|
{
|
|
result = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (weight > 83)
|
|
{
|
|
result = PG_INT64_MAX;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
result = ((int64) (weight + 44) << 56);
|
|
|
|
switch (ndigits)
|
|
{
|
|
default:
|
|
result |= ((int64) var->digits[3]);
|
|
/* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
case 3:
|
|
result |= ((int64) var->digits[2]) << 14;
|
|
/* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
case 2:
|
|
result |= ((int64) var->digits[1]) << 28;
|
|
/* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
case 1:
|
|
result |= ((int64) var->digits[0]) << 42;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* the abbrev is negated relative to the original */
|
|
if (var->sign == NUMERIC_POS)
|
|
result = -result;
|
|
|
|
if (nss->estimating)
|
|
{
|
|
uint32 tmp = ((uint32) result
|
|
^ (uint32) ((uint64) result >> 32));
|
|
|
|
addHyperLogLog(&nss->abbr_card, DatumGetUInt32(hash_uint32(tmp)));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return NumericAbbrevGetDatum(result);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#endif /* NUMERIC_ABBREV_BITS == 64 */
|
|
|
|
#if NUMERIC_ABBREV_BITS == 32
|
|
|
|
static Datum
|
|
numeric_abbrev_convert_var(NumericVar *var, NumericSortSupport *nss)
|
|
{
|
|
int ndigits = var->ndigits;
|
|
int weight = var->weight;
|
|
int32 result;
|
|
|
|
if (ndigits == 0 || weight < -11)
|
|
{
|
|
result = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (weight > 20)
|
|
{
|
|
result = PG_INT32_MAX;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
NumericDigit nxt1 = (ndigits > 1) ? var->digits[1] : 0;
|
|
|
|
weight = (weight + 11) * 4;
|
|
|
|
result = var->digits[0];
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* "result" now has 1 to 4 nonzero decimal digits. We pack in more
|
|
* digits to make 7 in total (largest we can fit in 24 bits)
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
if (result > 999)
|
|
{
|
|
/* already have 4 digits, add 3 more */
|
|
result = (result * 1000) + (nxt1 / 10);
|
|
weight += 3;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (result > 99)
|
|
{
|
|
/* already have 3 digits, add 4 more */
|
|
result = (result * 10000) + nxt1;
|
|
weight += 2;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (result > 9)
|
|
{
|
|
NumericDigit nxt2 = (ndigits > 2) ? var->digits[2] : 0;
|
|
|
|
/* already have 2 digits, add 5 more */
|
|
result = (result * 100000) + (nxt1 * 10) + (nxt2 / 1000);
|
|
weight += 1;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
NumericDigit nxt2 = (ndigits > 2) ? var->digits[2] : 0;
|
|
|
|
/* already have 1 digit, add 6 more */
|
|
result = (result * 1000000) + (nxt1 * 100) + (nxt2 / 100);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
result = result | (weight << 24);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* the abbrev is negated relative to the original */
|
|
if (var->sign == NUMERIC_POS)
|
|
result = -result;
|
|
|
|
if (nss->estimating)
|
|
{
|
|
uint32 tmp = (uint32) result;
|
|
|
|
addHyperLogLog(&nss->abbr_card, DatumGetUInt32(hash_uint32(tmp)));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return NumericAbbrevGetDatum(result);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#endif /* NUMERIC_ABBREV_BITS == 32 */
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Ordinary (non-sortsupport) comparisons follow.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
Datum
|
|
numeric_cmp(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
|
|
{
|
|
Numeric num1 = PG_GETARG_NUMERIC(0);
|
|
Numeric num2 = PG_GETARG_NUMERIC(1);
|
|
int result;
|
|
|
|
result = cmp_numerics(num1, num2);
|
|
|
|
PG_FREE_IF_COPY(num1, 0);
|
|
PG_FREE_IF_COPY(num2, 1);
|
|
|
|
PG_RETURN_INT32(result);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
Datum
|
|
numeric_eq(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
|
|
{
|
|
Numeric num1 = PG_GETARG_NUMERIC(0);
|
|
Numeric num2 = PG_GETARG_NUMERIC(1);
|
|
bool result;
|
|
|
|
result = cmp_numerics(num1, num2) == 0;
|
|
|
|
PG_FREE_IF_COPY(num1, 0);
|
|
PG_FREE_IF_COPY(num2, 1);
|
|
|
|
PG_RETURN_BOOL(result);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Datum
|
|
numeric_ne(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
|
|
{
|
|
Numeric num1 = PG_GETARG_NUMERIC(0);
|
|
Numeric num2 = PG_GETARG_NUMERIC(1);
|
|
bool result;
|
|
|
|
result = cmp_numerics(num1, num2) != 0;
|
|
|
|
PG_FREE_IF_COPY(num1, 0);
|
|
PG_FREE_IF_COPY(num2, 1);
|
|
|
|
PG_RETURN_BOOL(result);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Datum
|
|
numeric_gt(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
|
|
{
|
|
Numeric num1 = PG_GETARG_NUMERIC(0);
|
|
Numeric num2 = PG_GETARG_NUMERIC(1);
|
|
bool result;
|
|
|
|
result = cmp_numerics(num1, num2) > 0;
|
|
|
|
PG_FREE_IF_COPY(num1, 0);
|
|
PG_FREE_IF_COPY(num2, 1);
|
|
|
|
PG_RETURN_BOOL(result);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Datum
|
|
numeric_ge(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
|
|
{
|
|
Numeric num1 = PG_GETARG_NUMERIC(0);
|
|
Numeric num2 = PG_GETARG_NUMERIC(1);
|
|
bool result;
|
|
|
|
result = cmp_numerics(num1, num2) >= 0;
|
|
|
|
PG_FREE_IF_COPY(num1, 0);
|
|
PG_FREE_IF_COPY(num2, 1);
|
|
|
|
PG_RETURN_BOOL(result);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Datum
|
|
numeric_lt(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
|
|
{
|
|
Numeric num1 = PG_GETARG_NUMERIC(0);
|
|
Numeric num2 = PG_GETARG_NUMERIC(1);
|
|
bool result;
|
|
|
|
result = cmp_numerics(num1, num2) < 0;
|
|
|
|
PG_FREE_IF_COPY(num1, 0);
|
|
PG_FREE_IF_COPY(num2, 1);
|
|
|
|
PG_RETURN_BOOL(result);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Datum
|
|
numeric_le(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
|
|
{
|
|
Numeric num1 = PG_GETARG_NUMERIC(0);
|
|
Numeric num2 = PG_GETARG_NUMERIC(1);
|
|
bool result;
|
|
|
|
result = cmp_numerics(num1, num2) <= 0;
|
|
|
|
PG_FREE_IF_COPY(num1, 0);
|
|
PG_FREE_IF_COPY(num2, 1);
|
|
|
|
PG_RETURN_BOOL(result);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static int
|
|
cmp_numerics(Numeric num1, Numeric num2)
|
|
{
|
|
int result;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* We consider all NANs to be equal and larger than any non-NAN. This is
|
|
* somewhat arbitrary; the important thing is to have a consistent sort
|
|
* order.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (NUMERIC_IS_NAN(num1))
|
|
{
|
|
if (NUMERIC_IS_NAN(num2))
|
|
result = 0; /* NAN = NAN */
|
|
else
|
|
result = 1; /* NAN > non-NAN */
|
|
}
|
|
else if (NUMERIC_IS_NAN(num2))
|
|
{
|
|
result = -1; /* non-NAN < NAN */
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
result = cmp_var_common(NUMERIC_DIGITS(num1), NUMERIC_NDIGITS(num1),
|
|
NUMERIC_WEIGHT(num1), NUMERIC_SIGN(num1),
|
|
NUMERIC_DIGITS(num2), NUMERIC_NDIGITS(num2),
|
|
NUMERIC_WEIGHT(num2), NUMERIC_SIGN(num2));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return result;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Datum
|
|
hash_numeric(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
|
|
{
|
|
Numeric key = PG_GETARG_NUMERIC(0);
|
|
Datum digit_hash;
|
|
Datum result;
|
|
int weight;
|
|
int start_offset;
|
|
int end_offset;
|
|
int i;
|
|
int hash_len;
|
|
NumericDigit *digits;
|
|
|
|
/* If it's NaN, don't try to hash the rest of the fields */
|
|
if (NUMERIC_IS_NAN(key))
|
|
PG_RETURN_UINT32(0);
|
|
|
|
weight = NUMERIC_WEIGHT(key);
|
|
start_offset = 0;
|
|
end_offset = 0;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Omit any leading or trailing zeros from the input to the hash. The
|
|
* numeric implementation *should* guarantee that leading and trailing
|
|
* zeros are suppressed, but we're paranoid. Note that we measure the
|
|
* starting and ending offsets in units of NumericDigits, not bytes.
|
|
*/
|
|
digits = NUMERIC_DIGITS(key);
|
|
for (i = 0; i < NUMERIC_NDIGITS(key); i++)
|
|
{
|
|
if (digits[i] != (NumericDigit) 0)
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
start_offset++;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* The weight is effectively the # of digits before the decimal point,
|
|
* so decrement it for each leading zero we skip.
|
|
*/
|
|
weight--;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If there are no non-zero digits, then the value of the number is zero,
|
|
* regardless of any other fields.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (NUMERIC_NDIGITS(key) == start_offset)
|
|
PG_RETURN_UINT32(-1);
|
|
|
|
for (i = NUMERIC_NDIGITS(key) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
|
|
{
|
|
if (digits[i] != (NumericDigit) 0)
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
end_offset++;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* If we get here, there should be at least one non-zero digit */
|
|
Assert(start_offset + end_offset < NUMERIC_NDIGITS(key));
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Note that we don't hash on the Numeric's scale, since two numerics can
|
|
* compare equal but have different scales. We also don't hash on the
|
|
* sign, although we could: since a sign difference implies inequality,
|
|
* this shouldn't affect correctness.
|
|
*/
|
|
hash_len = NUMERIC_NDIGITS(key) - start_offset - end_offset;
|
|
digit_hash = hash_any((unsigned char *) (NUMERIC_DIGITS(key) + start_offset),
|
|
hash_len * sizeof(NumericDigit));
|
|
|
|
/* Mix in the weight, via XOR */
|
|
result = digit_hash ^ weight;
|
|
|
|
PG_RETURN_DATUM(result);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
*
|
|
* Basic arithmetic functions
|
|
*
|
|
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* numeric_add() -
|
|
*
|
|
* Add two numerics
|
|
*/
|
|
Datum
|
|
numeric_add(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
|
|
{
|
|
Numeric num1 = PG_GETARG_NUMERIC(0);
|
|
Numeric num2 = PG_GETARG_NUMERIC(1);
|
|
NumericVar arg1;
|
|
NumericVar arg2;
|
|
NumericVar result;
|
|
Numeric res;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Handle NaN
|
|
*/
|
|
if (NUMERIC_IS_NAN(num1) || NUMERIC_IS_NAN(num2))
|
|
PG_RETURN_NUMERIC(make_result(&const_nan));
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Unpack the values, let add_var() compute the result and return it.
|
|
*/
|
|
init_var_from_num(num1, &arg1);
|
|
init_var_from_num(num2, &arg2);
|
|
|
|
init_var(&result);
|
|
add_var(&arg1, &arg2, &result);
|
|
|
|
res = make_result(&result);
|
|
|
|
free_var(&result);
|
|
|
|
PG_RETURN_NUMERIC(res);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* numeric_sub() -
|
|
*
|
|
* Subtract one numeric from another
|
|
*/
|
|
Datum
|
|
numeric_sub(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
|
|
{
|
|
Numeric num1 = PG_GETARG_NUMERIC(0);
|
|
Numeric num2 = PG_GETARG_NUMERIC(1);
|
|
NumericVar arg1;
|
|
NumericVar arg2;
|
|
NumericVar result;
|
|
Numeric res;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Handle NaN
|
|
*/
|
|
if (NUMERIC_IS_NAN(num1) || NUMERIC_IS_NAN(num2))
|
|
PG_RETURN_NUMERIC(make_result(&const_nan));
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Unpack the values, let sub_var() compute the result and return it.
|
|
*/
|
|
init_var_from_num(num1, &arg1);
|
|
init_var_from_num(num2, &arg2);
|
|
|
|
init_var(&result);
|
|
sub_var(&arg1, &arg2, &result);
|
|
|
|
res = make_result(&result);
|
|
|
|
free_var(&result);
|
|
|
|
PG_RETURN_NUMERIC(res);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* numeric_mul() -
|
|
*
|
|
* Calculate the product of two numerics
|
|
*/
|
|
Datum
|
|
numeric_mul(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
|
|
{
|
|
Numeric num1 = PG_GETARG_NUMERIC(0);
|
|
Numeric num2 = PG_GETARG_NUMERIC(1);
|
|
NumericVar arg1;
|
|
NumericVar arg2;
|
|
NumericVar result;
|
|
Numeric res;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Handle NaN
|
|
*/
|
|
if (NUMERIC_IS_NAN(num1) || NUMERIC_IS_NAN(num2))
|
|
PG_RETURN_NUMERIC(make_result(&const_nan));
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Unpack the values, let mul_var() compute the result and return it.
|
|
* Unlike add_var() and sub_var(), mul_var() will round its result. In the
|
|
* case of numeric_mul(), which is invoked for the * operator on numerics,
|
|
* we request exact representation for the product (rscale = sum(dscale of
|
|
* arg1, dscale of arg2)).
|
|
*/
|
|
init_var_from_num(num1, &arg1);
|
|
init_var_from_num(num2, &arg2);
|
|
|
|
init_var(&result);
|
|
mul_var(&arg1, &arg2, &result, arg1.dscale + arg2.dscale);
|
|
|
|
res = make_result(&result);
|
|
|
|
free_var(&result);
|
|
|
|
PG_RETURN_NUMERIC(res);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* numeric_div() -
|
|
*
|
|
* Divide one numeric into another
|
|
*/
|
|
Datum
|
|
numeric_div(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
|
|
{
|
|
Numeric num1 = PG_GETARG_NUMERIC(0);
|
|
Numeric num2 = PG_GETARG_NUMERIC(1);
|
|
NumericVar arg1;
|
|
NumericVar arg2;
|
|
NumericVar result;
|
|
Numeric res;
|
|
int rscale;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Handle NaN
|
|
*/
|
|
if (NUMERIC_IS_NAN(num1) || NUMERIC_IS_NAN(num2))
|
|
PG_RETURN_NUMERIC(make_result(&const_nan));
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Unpack the arguments
|
|
*/
|
|
init_var_from_num(num1, &arg1);
|
|
init_var_from_num(num2, &arg2);
|
|
|
|
init_var(&result);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Select scale for division result
|
|
*/
|
|
rscale = select_div_scale(&arg1, &arg2);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Do the divide and return the result
|
|
*/
|
|
div_var(&arg1, &arg2, &result, rscale, true);
|
|
|
|
res = make_result(&result);
|
|
|
|
free_var(&result);
|
|
|
|
PG_RETURN_NUMERIC(res);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* numeric_div_trunc() -
|
|
*
|
|
* Divide one numeric into another, truncating the result to an integer
|
|
*/
|
|
Datum
|
|
numeric_div_trunc(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
|
|
{
|
|
Numeric num1 = PG_GETARG_NUMERIC(0);
|
|
Numeric num2 = PG_GETARG_NUMERIC(1);
|
|
NumericVar arg1;
|
|
NumericVar arg2;
|
|
NumericVar result;
|
|
Numeric res;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Handle NaN
|
|
*/
|
|
if (NUMERIC_IS_NAN(num1) || NUMERIC_IS_NAN(num2))
|
|
PG_RETURN_NUMERIC(make_result(&const_nan));
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Unpack the arguments
|
|
*/
|
|
init_var_from_num(num1, &arg1);
|
|
init_var_from_num(num2, &arg2);
|
|
|
|
init_var(&result);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Do the divide and return the result
|
|
*/
|
|
div_var(&arg1, &arg2, &result, 0, false);
|
|
|
|
res = make_result(&result);
|
|
|
|
free_var(&result);
|
|
|
|
PG_RETURN_NUMERIC(res);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* numeric_mod() -
|
|
*
|
|
* Calculate the modulo of two numerics
|
|
*/
|
|
Datum
|
|
numeric_mod(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
|
|
{
|
|
Numeric num1 = PG_GETARG_NUMERIC(0);
|
|
Numeric num2 = PG_GETARG_NUMERIC(1);
|
|
Numeric res;
|
|
NumericVar arg1;
|
|
NumericVar arg2;
|
|
NumericVar result;
|
|
|
|
if (NUMERIC_IS_NAN(num1) || NUMERIC_IS_NAN(num2))
|
|
PG_RETURN_NUMERIC(make_result(&const_nan));
|
|
|
|
init_var_from_num(num1, &arg1);
|
|
init_var_from_num(num2, &arg2);
|
|
|
|
init_var(&result);
|
|
|
|
mod_var(&arg1, &arg2, &result);
|
|
|
|
res = make_result(&result);
|
|
|
|
free_var(&result);
|
|
|
|
PG_RETURN_NUMERIC(res);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* numeric_inc() -
|
|
*
|
|
* Increment a number by one
|
|
*/
|
|
Datum
|
|
numeric_inc(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
|
|
{
|
|
Numeric num = PG_GETARG_NUMERIC(0);
|
|
NumericVar arg;
|
|
Numeric res;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Handle NaN
|
|
*/
|
|
if (NUMERIC_IS_NAN(num))
|
|
PG_RETURN_NUMERIC(make_result(&const_nan));
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Compute the result and return it
|
|
*/
|
|
init_var_from_num(num, &arg);
|
|
|
|
add_var(&arg, &const_one, &arg);
|
|
|
|
res = make_result(&arg);
|
|
|
|
free_var(&arg);
|
|
|
|
PG_RETURN_NUMERIC(res);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* numeric_smaller() -
|
|
*
|
|
* Return the smaller of two numbers
|
|
*/
|
|
Datum
|
|
numeric_smaller(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
|
|
{
|
|
Numeric num1 = PG_GETARG_NUMERIC(0);
|
|
Numeric num2 = PG_GETARG_NUMERIC(1);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Use cmp_numerics so that this will agree with the comparison operators,
|
|
* particularly as regards comparisons involving NaN.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (cmp_numerics(num1, num2) < 0)
|
|
PG_RETURN_NUMERIC(num1);
|
|
else
|
|
PG_RETURN_NUMERIC(num2);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* numeric_larger() -
|
|
*
|
|
* Return the larger of two numbers
|
|
*/
|
|
Datum
|
|
numeric_larger(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
|
|
{
|
|
Numeric num1 = PG_GETARG_NUMERIC(0);
|
|
Numeric num2 = PG_GETARG_NUMERIC(1);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Use cmp_numerics so that this will agree with the comparison operators,
|
|
* particularly as regards comparisons involving NaN.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (cmp_numerics(num1, num2) > 0)
|
|
PG_RETURN_NUMERIC(num1);
|
|
else
|
|
PG_RETURN_NUMERIC(num2);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
*
|
|
* Advanced math functions
|
|
*
|
|
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* numeric_fac()
|
|
*
|
|
* Compute factorial
|
|
*/
|
|
Datum
|
|
numeric_fac(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
|
|
{
|
|
int64 num = PG_GETARG_INT64(0);
|
|
Numeric res;
|
|
NumericVar fact;
|
|
NumericVar result;
|
|
|
|
if (num <= 1)
|
|
{
|
|
res = make_result(&const_one);
|
|
PG_RETURN_NUMERIC(res);
|
|
}
|
|
/* Fail immediately if the result would overflow */
|
|
if (num > 32177)
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_NUMERIC_VALUE_OUT_OF_RANGE),
|
|
errmsg("value overflows numeric format")));
|
|
|
|
init_var(&fact);
|
|
init_var(&result);
|
|
|
|
int64_to_numericvar(num, &result);
|
|
|
|
for (num = num - 1; num > 1; num--)
|
|
{
|
|
/* this loop can take awhile, so allow it to be interrupted */
|
|
CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS();
|
|
|
|
int64_to_numericvar(num, &fact);
|
|
|
|
mul_var(&result, &fact, &result, 0);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
res = make_result(&result);
|
|
|
|
free_var(&fact);
|
|
free_var(&result);
|
|
|
|
PG_RETURN_NUMERIC(res);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* numeric_sqrt() -
|
|
*
|
|
* Compute the square root of a numeric.
|
|
*/
|
|
Datum
|
|
numeric_sqrt(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
|
|
{
|
|
Numeric num = PG_GETARG_NUMERIC(0);
|
|
Numeric res;
|
|
NumericVar arg;
|
|
NumericVar result;
|
|
int sweight;
|
|
int rscale;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Handle NaN
|
|
*/
|
|
if (NUMERIC_IS_NAN(num))
|
|
PG_RETURN_NUMERIC(make_result(&const_nan));
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Unpack the argument and determine the result scale. We choose a scale
|
|
* to give at least NUMERIC_MIN_SIG_DIGITS significant digits; but in any
|
|
* case not less than the input's dscale.
|
|
*/
|
|
init_var_from_num(num, &arg);
|
|
|
|
init_var(&result);
|
|
|
|
/* Assume the input was normalized, so arg.weight is accurate */
|
|
sweight = (arg.weight + 1) * DEC_DIGITS / 2 - 1;
|
|
|
|
rscale = NUMERIC_MIN_SIG_DIGITS - sweight;
|
|
rscale = Max(rscale, arg.dscale);
|
|
rscale = Max(rscale, NUMERIC_MIN_DISPLAY_SCALE);
|
|
rscale = Min(rscale, NUMERIC_MAX_DISPLAY_SCALE);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Let sqrt_var() do the calculation and return the result.
|
|
*/
|
|
sqrt_var(&arg, &result, rscale);
|
|
|
|
res = make_result(&result);
|
|
|
|
free_var(&result);
|
|
|
|
PG_RETURN_NUMERIC(res);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* numeric_exp() -
|
|
*
|
|
* Raise e to the power of x
|
|
*/
|
|
Datum
|
|
numeric_exp(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
|
|
{
|
|
Numeric num = PG_GETARG_NUMERIC(0);
|
|
Numeric res;
|
|
NumericVar arg;
|
|
NumericVar result;
|
|
int rscale;
|
|
double val;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Handle NaN
|
|
*/
|
|
if (NUMERIC_IS_NAN(num))
|
|
PG_RETURN_NUMERIC(make_result(&const_nan));
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Unpack the argument and determine the result scale. We choose a scale
|
|
* to give at least NUMERIC_MIN_SIG_DIGITS significant digits; but in any
|
|
* case not less than the input's dscale.
|
|
*/
|
|
init_var_from_num(num, &arg);
|
|
|
|
init_var(&result);
|
|
|
|
/* convert input to float8, ignoring overflow */
|
|
val = numericvar_to_double_no_overflow(&arg);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* log10(result) = num * log10(e), so this is approximately the decimal
|
|
* weight of the result:
|
|
*/
|
|
val *= 0.434294481903252;
|
|
|
|
/* limit to something that won't cause integer overflow */
|
|
val = Max(val, -NUMERIC_MAX_RESULT_SCALE);
|
|
val = Min(val, NUMERIC_MAX_RESULT_SCALE);
|
|
|
|
rscale = NUMERIC_MIN_SIG_DIGITS - (int) val;
|
|
rscale = Max(rscale, arg.dscale);
|
|
rscale = Max(rscale, NUMERIC_MIN_DISPLAY_SCALE);
|
|
rscale = Min(rscale, NUMERIC_MAX_DISPLAY_SCALE);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Let exp_var() do the calculation and return the result.
|
|
*/
|
|
exp_var(&arg, &result, rscale);
|
|
|
|
res = make_result(&result);
|
|
|
|
free_var(&result);
|
|
|
|
PG_RETURN_NUMERIC(res);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* numeric_ln() -
|
|
*
|
|
* Compute the natural logarithm of x
|
|
*/
|
|
Datum
|
|
numeric_ln(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
|
|
{
|
|
Numeric num = PG_GETARG_NUMERIC(0);
|
|
Numeric res;
|
|
NumericVar arg;
|
|
NumericVar result;
|
|
int ln_dweight;
|
|
int rscale;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Handle NaN
|
|
*/
|
|
if (NUMERIC_IS_NAN(num))
|
|
PG_RETURN_NUMERIC(make_result(&const_nan));
|
|
|
|
init_var_from_num(num, &arg);
|
|
init_var(&result);
|
|
|
|
/* Estimated dweight of logarithm */
|
|
ln_dweight = estimate_ln_dweight(&arg);
|
|
|
|
rscale = NUMERIC_MIN_SIG_DIGITS - ln_dweight;
|
|
rscale = Max(rscale, arg.dscale);
|
|
rscale = Max(rscale, NUMERIC_MIN_DISPLAY_SCALE);
|
|
rscale = Min(rscale, NUMERIC_MAX_DISPLAY_SCALE);
|
|
|
|
ln_var(&arg, &result, rscale);
|
|
|
|
res = make_result(&result);
|
|
|
|
free_var(&result);
|
|
|
|
PG_RETURN_NUMERIC(res);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* numeric_log() -
|
|
*
|
|
* Compute the logarithm of x in a given base
|
|
*/
|
|
Datum
|
|
numeric_log(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
|
|
{
|
|
Numeric num1 = PG_GETARG_NUMERIC(0);
|
|
Numeric num2 = PG_GETARG_NUMERIC(1);
|
|
Numeric res;
|
|
NumericVar arg1;
|
|
NumericVar arg2;
|
|
NumericVar result;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Handle NaN
|
|
*/
|
|
if (NUMERIC_IS_NAN(num1) || NUMERIC_IS_NAN(num2))
|
|
PG_RETURN_NUMERIC(make_result(&const_nan));
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Initialize things
|
|
*/
|
|
init_var_from_num(num1, &arg1);
|
|
init_var_from_num(num2, &arg2);
|
|
init_var(&result);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Call log_var() to compute and return the result; note it handles scale
|
|
* selection itself.
|
|
*/
|
|
log_var(&arg1, &arg2, &result);
|
|
|
|
res = make_result(&result);
|
|
|
|
free_var(&result);
|
|
|
|
PG_RETURN_NUMERIC(res);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* numeric_power() -
|
|
*
|
|
* Raise b to the power of x
|
|
*/
|
|
Datum
|
|
numeric_power(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
|
|
{
|
|
Numeric num1 = PG_GETARG_NUMERIC(0);
|
|
Numeric num2 = PG_GETARG_NUMERIC(1);
|
|
Numeric res;
|
|
NumericVar arg1;
|
|
NumericVar arg2;
|
|
NumericVar arg2_trunc;
|
|
NumericVar result;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Handle NaN
|
|
*/
|
|
if (NUMERIC_IS_NAN(num1) || NUMERIC_IS_NAN(num2))
|
|
PG_RETURN_NUMERIC(make_result(&const_nan));
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Initialize things
|
|
*/
|
|
init_var(&arg2_trunc);
|
|
init_var(&result);
|
|
init_var_from_num(num1, &arg1);
|
|
init_var_from_num(num2, &arg2);
|
|
|
|
set_var_from_var(&arg2, &arg2_trunc);
|
|
trunc_var(&arg2_trunc, 0);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* The SQL spec requires that we emit a particular SQLSTATE error code for
|
|
* certain error conditions. Specifically, we don't return a
|
|
* divide-by-zero error code for 0 ^ -1.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (cmp_var(&arg1, &const_zero) == 0 &&
|
|
cmp_var(&arg2, &const_zero) < 0)
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_ARGUMENT_FOR_POWER_FUNCTION),
|
|
errmsg("zero raised to a negative power is undefined")));
|
|
|
|
if (cmp_var(&arg1, &const_zero) < 0 &&
|
|
cmp_var(&arg2, &arg2_trunc) != 0)
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_ARGUMENT_FOR_POWER_FUNCTION),
|
|
errmsg("a negative number raised to a non-integer power yields a complex result")));
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Call power_var() to compute and return the result; note it handles
|
|
* scale selection itself.
|
|
*/
|
|
power_var(&arg1, &arg2, &result);
|
|
|
|
res = make_result(&result);
|
|
|
|
free_var(&result);
|
|
free_var(&arg2_trunc);
|
|
|
|
PG_RETURN_NUMERIC(res);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* numeric_scale() -
|
|
*
|
|
* Returns the scale, i.e. the count of decimal digits in the fractional part
|
|
*/
|
|
Datum
|
|
numeric_scale(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
|
|
{
|
|
Numeric num = PG_GETARG_NUMERIC(0);
|
|
|
|
if (NUMERIC_IS_NAN(num))
|
|
PG_RETURN_NULL();
|
|
|
|
PG_RETURN_INT32(NUMERIC_DSCALE(num));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
*
|
|
* Type conversion functions
|
|
*
|
|
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
Datum
|
|
int4_numeric(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
|
|
{
|
|
int32 val = PG_GETARG_INT32(0);
|
|
Numeric res;
|
|
NumericVar result;
|
|
|
|
init_var(&result);
|
|
|
|
int64_to_numericvar((int64) val, &result);
|
|
|
|
res = make_result(&result);
|
|
|
|
free_var(&result);
|
|
|
|
PG_RETURN_NUMERIC(res);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
Datum
|
|
numeric_int4(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
|
|
{
|
|
Numeric num = PG_GETARG_NUMERIC(0);
|
|
NumericVar x;
|
|
int32 result;
|
|
|
|
/* XXX would it be better to return NULL? */
|
|
if (NUMERIC_IS_NAN(num))
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
|
|
errmsg("cannot convert NaN to integer")));
|
|
|
|
/* Convert to variable format, then convert to int4 */
|
|
init_var_from_num(num, &x);
|
|
result = numericvar_to_int32(&x);
|
|
PG_RETURN_INT32(result);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Given a NumericVar, convert it to an int32. If the NumericVar
|
|
* exceeds the range of an int32, raise the appropriate error via
|
|
* ereport(). The input NumericVar is *not* free'd.
|
|
*/
|
|
static int32
|
|
numericvar_to_int32(NumericVar *var)
|
|
{
|
|
int32 result;
|
|
int64 val;
|
|
|
|
if (!numericvar_to_int64(var, &val))
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_NUMERIC_VALUE_OUT_OF_RANGE),
|
|
errmsg("integer out of range")));
|
|
|
|
/* Down-convert to int4 */
|
|
result = (int32) val;
|
|
|
|
/* Test for overflow by reverse-conversion. */
|
|
if ((int64) result != val)
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_NUMERIC_VALUE_OUT_OF_RANGE),
|
|
errmsg("integer out of range")));
|
|
|
|
return result;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Datum
|
|
int8_numeric(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
|
|
{
|
|
int64 val = PG_GETARG_INT64(0);
|
|
Numeric res;
|
|
NumericVar result;
|
|
|
|
init_var(&result);
|
|
|
|
int64_to_numericvar(val, &result);
|
|
|
|
res = make_result(&result);
|
|
|
|
free_var(&result);
|
|
|
|
PG_RETURN_NUMERIC(res);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
Datum
|
|
numeric_int8(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
|
|
{
|
|
Numeric num = PG_GETARG_NUMERIC(0);
|
|
NumericVar x;
|
|
int64 result;
|
|
|
|
/* XXX would it be better to return NULL? */
|
|
if (NUMERIC_IS_NAN(num))
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
|
|
errmsg("cannot convert NaN to bigint")));
|
|
|
|
/* Convert to variable format and thence to int8 */
|
|
init_var_from_num(num, &x);
|
|
|
|
if (!numericvar_to_int64(&x, &result))
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_NUMERIC_VALUE_OUT_OF_RANGE),
|
|
errmsg("bigint out of range")));
|
|
|
|
PG_RETURN_INT64(result);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
Datum
|
|
int2_numeric(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
|
|
{
|
|
int16 val = PG_GETARG_INT16(0);
|
|
Numeric res;
|
|
NumericVar result;
|
|
|
|
init_var(&result);
|
|
|
|
int64_to_numericvar((int64) val, &result);
|
|
|
|
res = make_result(&result);
|
|
|
|
free_var(&result);
|
|
|
|
PG_RETURN_NUMERIC(res);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
Datum
|
|
numeric_int2(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
|
|
{
|
|
Numeric num = PG_GETARG_NUMERIC(0);
|
|
NumericVar x;
|
|
int64 val;
|
|
int16 result;
|
|
|
|
/* XXX would it be better to return NULL? */
|
|
if (NUMERIC_IS_NAN(num))
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
|
|
errmsg("cannot convert NaN to smallint")));
|
|
|
|
/* Convert to variable format and thence to int8 */
|
|
init_var_from_num(num, &x);
|
|
|
|
if (!numericvar_to_int64(&x, &val))
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_NUMERIC_VALUE_OUT_OF_RANGE),
|
|
errmsg("smallint out of range")));
|
|
|
|
/* Down-convert to int2 */
|
|
result = (int16) val;
|
|
|
|
/* Test for overflow by reverse-conversion. */
|
|
if ((int64) result != val)
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_NUMERIC_VALUE_OUT_OF_RANGE),
|
|
errmsg("smallint out of range")));
|
|
|
|
PG_RETURN_INT16(result);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
Datum
|
|
float8_numeric(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
|
|
{
|
|
float8 val = PG_GETARG_FLOAT8(0);
|
|
Numeric res;
|
|
NumericVar result;
|
|
char buf[DBL_DIG + 100];
|
|
|
|
if (isnan(val))
|
|
PG_RETURN_NUMERIC(make_result(&const_nan));
|
|
|
|
sprintf(buf, "%.*g", DBL_DIG, val);
|
|
|
|
init_var(&result);
|
|
|
|
/* Assume we need not worry about leading/trailing spaces */
|
|
(void) set_var_from_str(buf, buf, &result);
|
|
|
|
res = make_result(&result);
|
|
|
|
free_var(&result);
|
|
|
|
PG_RETURN_NUMERIC(res);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
Datum
|
|
numeric_float8(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
|
|
{
|
|
Numeric num = PG_GETARG_NUMERIC(0);
|
|
char *tmp;
|
|
Datum result;
|
|
|
|
if (NUMERIC_IS_NAN(num))
|
|
PG_RETURN_FLOAT8(get_float8_nan());
|
|
|
|
tmp = DatumGetCString(DirectFunctionCall1(numeric_out,
|
|
NumericGetDatum(num)));
|
|
|
|
result = DirectFunctionCall1(float8in, CStringGetDatum(tmp));
|
|
|
|
pfree(tmp);
|
|
|
|
PG_RETURN_DATUM(result);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Convert numeric to float8; if out of range, return +/- HUGE_VAL */
|
|
Datum
|
|
numeric_float8_no_overflow(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
|
|
{
|
|
Numeric num = PG_GETARG_NUMERIC(0);
|
|
double val;
|
|
|
|
if (NUMERIC_IS_NAN(num))
|
|
PG_RETURN_FLOAT8(get_float8_nan());
|
|
|
|
val = numeric_to_double_no_overflow(num);
|
|
|
|
PG_RETURN_FLOAT8(val);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Datum
|
|
float4_numeric(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
|
|
{
|
|
float4 val = PG_GETARG_FLOAT4(0);
|
|
Numeric res;
|
|
NumericVar result;
|
|
char buf[FLT_DIG + 100];
|
|
|
|
if (isnan(val))
|
|
PG_RETURN_NUMERIC(make_result(&const_nan));
|
|
|
|
sprintf(buf, "%.*g", FLT_DIG, val);
|
|
|
|
init_var(&result);
|
|
|
|
/* Assume we need not worry about leading/trailing spaces */
|
|
(void) set_var_from_str(buf, buf, &result);
|
|
|
|
res = make_result(&result);
|
|
|
|
free_var(&result);
|
|
|
|
PG_RETURN_NUMERIC(res);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
Datum
|
|
numeric_float4(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
|
|
{
|
|
Numeric num = PG_GETARG_NUMERIC(0);
|
|
char *tmp;
|
|
Datum result;
|
|
|
|
if (NUMERIC_IS_NAN(num))
|
|
PG_RETURN_FLOAT4(get_float4_nan());
|
|
|
|
tmp = DatumGetCString(DirectFunctionCall1(numeric_out,
|
|
NumericGetDatum(num)));
|
|
|
|
result = DirectFunctionCall1(float4in, CStringGetDatum(tmp));
|
|
|
|
pfree(tmp);
|
|
|
|
PG_RETURN_DATUM(result);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
*
|
|
* Aggregate functions
|
|
*
|
|
* The transition datatype for all these aggregates is declared as INTERNAL.
|
|
* Actually, it's a pointer to a NumericAggState allocated in the aggregate
|
|
* context. The digit buffers for the NumericVars will be there too.
|
|
*
|
|
* On platforms which support 128-bit integers some aggregates instead use a
|
|
* 128-bit integer based transition datatype to speed up calculations.
|
|
*
|
|
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
typedef struct NumericAggState
|
|
{
|
|
bool calcSumX2; /* if true, calculate sumX2 */
|
|
MemoryContext agg_context; /* context we're calculating in */
|
|
int64 N; /* count of processed numbers */
|
|
NumericSumAccum sumX; /* sum of processed numbers */
|
|
NumericSumAccum sumX2; /* sum of squares of processed numbers */
|
|
int maxScale; /* maximum scale seen so far */
|
|
int64 maxScaleCount; /* number of values seen with maximum scale */
|
|
int64 NaNcount; /* count of NaN values (not included in N!) */
|
|
} NumericAggState;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Prepare state data for a numeric aggregate function that needs to compute
|
|
* sum, count and optionally sum of squares of the input.
|
|
*/
|
|
static NumericAggState *
|
|
makeNumericAggState(FunctionCallInfo fcinfo, bool calcSumX2)
|
|
{
|
|
NumericAggState *state;
|
|
MemoryContext agg_context;
|
|
MemoryContext old_context;
|
|
|
|
if (!AggCheckCallContext(fcinfo, &agg_context))
|
|
elog(ERROR, "aggregate function called in non-aggregate context");
|
|
|
|
old_context = MemoryContextSwitchTo(agg_context);
|
|
|
|
state = (NumericAggState *) palloc0(sizeof(NumericAggState));
|
|
state->calcSumX2 = calcSumX2;
|
|
state->agg_context = agg_context;
|
|
|
|
MemoryContextSwitchTo(old_context);
|
|
|
|
return state;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Like makeNumericAggState(), but allocate the state in the current memory
|
|
* context.
|
|
*/
|
|
static NumericAggState *
|
|
makeNumericAggStateCurrentContext(bool calcSumX2)
|
|
{
|
|
NumericAggState *state;
|
|
|
|
state = (NumericAggState *) palloc0(sizeof(NumericAggState));
|
|
state->calcSumX2 = calcSumX2;
|
|
state->agg_context = CurrentMemoryContext;
|
|
|
|
return state;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Accumulate a new input value for numeric aggregate functions.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
do_numeric_accum(NumericAggState *state, Numeric newval)
|
|
{
|
|
NumericVar X;
|
|
NumericVar X2;
|
|
MemoryContext old_context;
|
|
|
|
/* Count NaN inputs separately from all else */
|
|
if (NUMERIC_IS_NAN(newval))
|
|
{
|
|
state->NaNcount++;
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* load processed number in short-lived context */
|
|
init_var_from_num(newval, &X);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Track the highest input dscale that we've seen, to support inverse
|
|
* transitions (see do_numeric_discard).
|
|
*/
|
|
if (X.dscale > state->maxScale)
|
|
{
|
|
state->maxScale = X.dscale;
|
|
state->maxScaleCount = 1;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (X.dscale == state->maxScale)
|
|
state->maxScaleCount++;
|
|
|
|
/* if we need X^2, calculate that in short-lived context */
|
|
if (state->calcSumX2)
|
|
{
|
|
init_var(&X2);
|
|
mul_var(&X, &X, &X2, X.dscale * 2);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* The rest of this needs to work in the aggregate context */
|
|
old_context = MemoryContextSwitchTo(state->agg_context);
|
|
|
|
state->N++;
|
|
|
|
/* Accumulate sums */
|
|
accum_sum_add(&(state->sumX), &X);
|
|
|
|
if (state->calcSumX2)
|
|
accum_sum_add(&(state->sumX2), &X2);
|
|
|
|
MemoryContextSwitchTo(old_context);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Attempt to remove an input value from the aggregated state.
|
|
*
|
|
* If the value cannot be removed then the function will return false; the
|
|
* possible reasons for failing are described below.
|
|
*
|
|
* If we aggregate the values 1.01 and 2 then the result will be 3.01.
|
|
* If we are then asked to un-aggregate the 1.01 then we must fail as we
|
|
* won't be able to tell what the new aggregated value's dscale should be.
|
|
* We don't want to return 2.00 (dscale = 2), since the sum's dscale would
|
|
* have been zero if we'd really aggregated only 2.
|
|
*
|
|
* Note: alternatively, we could count the number of inputs with each possible
|
|
* dscale (up to some sane limit). Not yet clear if it's worth the trouble.
|
|
*/
|
|
static bool
|
|
do_numeric_discard(NumericAggState *state, Numeric newval)
|
|
{
|
|
NumericVar X;
|
|
NumericVar X2;
|
|
MemoryContext old_context;
|
|
|
|
/* Count NaN inputs separately from all else */
|
|
if (NUMERIC_IS_NAN(newval))
|
|
{
|
|
state->NaNcount--;
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* load processed number in short-lived context */
|
|
init_var_from_num(newval, &X);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* state->sumX's dscale is the maximum dscale of any of the inputs.
|
|
* Removing the last input with that dscale would require us to recompute
|
|
* the maximum dscale of the *remaining* inputs, which we cannot do unless
|
|
* no more non-NaN inputs remain at all. So we report a failure instead,
|
|
* and force the aggregation to be redone from scratch.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (X.dscale == state->maxScale)
|
|
{
|
|
if (state->maxScaleCount > 1 || state->maxScale == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* Some remaining inputs have same dscale, or dscale hasn't gotten
|
|
* above zero anyway
|
|
*/
|
|
state->maxScaleCount--;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (state->N == 1)
|
|
{
|
|
/* No remaining non-NaN inputs at all, so reset maxScale */
|
|
state->maxScale = 0;
|
|
state->maxScaleCount = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/* Correct new maxScale is uncertain, must fail */
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* if we need X^2, calculate that in short-lived context */
|
|
if (state->calcSumX2)
|
|
{
|
|
init_var(&X2);
|
|
mul_var(&X, &X, &X2, X.dscale * 2);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* The rest of this needs to work in the aggregate context */
|
|
old_context = MemoryContextSwitchTo(state->agg_context);
|
|
|
|
if (state->N-- > 1)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Negate X, to subtract it from the sum */
|
|
X.sign = (X.sign == NUMERIC_POS ? NUMERIC_NEG : NUMERIC_POS);
|
|
accum_sum_add(&(state->sumX), &X);
|
|
|
|
if (state->calcSumX2)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Negate X^2. X^2 is always positive */
|
|
X2.sign = NUMERIC_NEG;
|
|
accum_sum_add(&(state->sumX2), &X2);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/* Zero the sums */
|
|
Assert(state->N == 0);
|
|
|
|
accum_sum_reset(&state->sumX);
|
|
if (state->calcSumX2)
|
|
accum_sum_reset(&state->sumX2);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
MemoryContextSwitchTo(old_context);
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Generic transition function for numeric aggregates that require sumX2.
|
|
*/
|
|
Datum
|
|
numeric_accum(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
|
|
{
|
|
NumericAggState *state;
|
|
|
|
state = PG_ARGISNULL(0) ? NULL : (NumericAggState *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(0);
|
|
|
|
/* Create the state data on the first call */
|
|
if (state == NULL)
|
|
state = makeNumericAggState(fcinfo, true);
|
|
|
|
if (!PG_ARGISNULL(1))
|
|
do_numeric_accum(state, PG_GETARG_NUMERIC(1));
|
|
|
|
PG_RETURN_POINTER(state);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Generic combine function for numeric aggregates which require sumX2
|
|
*/
|
|
Datum
|
|
numeric_combine(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
|
|
{
|
|
NumericAggState *state1;
|
|
NumericAggState *state2;
|
|
MemoryContext agg_context;
|
|
MemoryContext old_context;
|
|
|
|
if (!AggCheckCallContext(fcinfo, &agg_context))
|
|
elog(ERROR, "aggregate function called in non-aggregate context");
|
|
|
|
state1 = PG_ARGISNULL(0) ? NULL : (NumericAggState *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(0);
|
|
state2 = PG_ARGISNULL(1) ? NULL : (NumericAggState *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(1);
|
|
|
|
if (state2 == NULL)
|
|
PG_RETURN_POINTER(state1);
|
|
|
|
/* manually copy all fields from state2 to state1 */
|
|
if (state1 == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
old_context = MemoryContextSwitchTo(agg_context);
|
|
|
|
state1 = makeNumericAggStateCurrentContext(true);
|
|
state1->N = state2->N;
|
|
state1->NaNcount = state2->NaNcount;
|
|
state1->maxScale = state2->maxScale;
|
|
state1->maxScaleCount = state2->maxScaleCount;
|
|
|
|
accum_sum_copy(&state1->sumX, &state2->sumX);
|
|
accum_sum_copy(&state1->sumX2, &state2->sumX2);
|
|
|
|
MemoryContextSwitchTo(old_context);
|
|
|
|
PG_RETURN_POINTER(state1);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (state2->N > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
state1->N += state2->N;
|
|
state1->NaNcount += state2->NaNcount;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* These are currently only needed for moving aggregates, but let's do
|
|
* the right thing anyway...
|
|
*/
|
|
if (state2->maxScale > state1->maxScale)
|
|
{
|
|
state1->maxScale = state2->maxScale;
|
|
state1->maxScaleCount = state2->maxScaleCount;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (state2->maxScale == state1->maxScale)
|
|
state1->maxScaleCount += state2->maxScaleCount;
|
|
|
|
/* The rest of this needs to work in the aggregate context */
|
|
old_context = MemoryContextSwitchTo(agg_context);
|
|
|
|
/* Accumulate sums */
|
|
accum_sum_combine(&state1->sumX, &state2->sumX);
|
|
accum_sum_combine(&state1->sumX2, &state2->sumX2);
|
|
|
|
MemoryContextSwitchTo(old_context);
|
|
}
|
|
PG_RETURN_POINTER(state1);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Generic transition function for numeric aggregates that don't require sumX2.
|
|
*/
|
|
Datum
|
|
numeric_avg_accum(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
|
|
{
|
|
NumericAggState *state;
|
|
|
|
state = PG_ARGISNULL(0) ? NULL : (NumericAggState *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(0);
|
|
|
|
/* Create the state data on the first call */
|
|
if (state == NULL)
|
|
state = makeNumericAggState(fcinfo, false);
|
|
|
|
if (!PG_ARGISNULL(1))
|
|
do_numeric_accum(state, PG_GETARG_NUMERIC(1));
|
|
|
|
PG_RETURN_POINTER(state);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Combine function for numeric aggregates which don't require sumX2
|
|
*/
|
|
Datum
|
|
numeric_avg_combine(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
|
|
{
|
|
NumericAggState *state1;
|
|
NumericAggState *state2;
|
|
MemoryContext agg_context;
|
|
MemoryContext old_context;
|
|
|
|
if (!AggCheckCallContext(fcinfo, &agg_context))
|
|
elog(ERROR, "aggregate function called in non-aggregate context");
|
|
|
|
state1 = PG_ARGISNULL(0) ? NULL : (NumericAggState *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(0);
|
|
state2 = PG_ARGISNULL(1) ? NULL : (NumericAggState *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(1);
|
|
|
|
if (state2 == NULL)
|
|
PG_RETURN_POINTER(state1);
|
|
|
|
/* manually copy all fields from state2 to state1 */
|
|
if (state1 == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
old_context = MemoryContextSwitchTo(agg_context);
|
|
|
|
state1 = makeNumericAggStateCurrentContext(false);
|
|
state1->N = state2->N;
|
|
state1->NaNcount = state2->NaNcount;
|
|
state1->maxScale = state2->maxScale;
|
|
state1->maxScaleCount = state2->maxScaleCount;
|
|
|
|
accum_sum_copy(&state1->sumX, &state2->sumX);
|
|
|
|
MemoryContextSwitchTo(old_context);
|
|
|
|
PG_RETURN_POINTER(state1);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (state2->N > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
state1->N += state2->N;
|
|
state1->NaNcount += state2->NaNcount;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* These are currently only needed for moving aggregates, but let's do
|
|
* the right thing anyway...
|
|
*/
|
|
if (state2->maxScale > state1->maxScale)
|
|
{
|
|
state1->maxScale = state2->maxScale;
|
|
state1->maxScaleCount = state2->maxScaleCount;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (state2->maxScale == state1->maxScale)
|
|
state1->maxScaleCount += state2->maxScaleCount;
|
|
|
|
/* The rest of this needs to work in the aggregate context */
|
|
old_context = MemoryContextSwitchTo(agg_context);
|
|
|
|
/* Accumulate sums */
|
|
accum_sum_combine(&state1->sumX, &state2->sumX);
|
|
|
|
MemoryContextSwitchTo(old_context);
|
|
}
|
|
PG_RETURN_POINTER(state1);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* numeric_avg_serialize
|
|
* Serialize NumericAggState for numeric aggregates that don't require
|
|
* sumX2.
|
|
*/
|
|
Datum
|
|
numeric_avg_serialize(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
|
|
{
|
|
NumericAggState *state;
|
|
StringInfoData buf;
|
|
Datum temp;
|
|
bytea *sumX;
|
|
bytea *result;
|
|
NumericVar tmp_var;
|
|
|
|
/* Ensure we disallow calling when not in aggregate context */
|
|
if (!AggCheckCallContext(fcinfo, NULL))
|
|
elog(ERROR, "aggregate function called in non-aggregate context");
|
|
|
|
state = (NumericAggState *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(0);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* This is a little wasteful since make_result converts the NumericVar
|
|
* into a Numeric and numeric_send converts it back again. Is it worth
|
|
* splitting the tasks in numeric_send into separate functions to stop
|
|
* this? Doing so would also remove the fmgr call overhead.
|
|
*/
|
|
init_var(&tmp_var);
|
|
accum_sum_final(&state->sumX, &tmp_var);
|
|
|
|
temp = DirectFunctionCall1(numeric_send,
|
|
NumericGetDatum(make_result(&tmp_var)));
|
|
sumX = DatumGetByteaP(temp);
|
|
free_var(&tmp_var);
|
|
|
|
pq_begintypsend(&buf);
|
|
|
|
/* N */
|
|
pq_sendint64(&buf, state->N);
|
|
|
|
/* sumX */
|
|
pq_sendbytes(&buf, VARDATA(sumX), VARSIZE(sumX) - VARHDRSZ);
|
|
|
|
/* maxScale */
|
|
pq_sendint(&buf, state->maxScale, 4);
|
|
|
|
/* maxScaleCount */
|
|
pq_sendint64(&buf, state->maxScaleCount);
|
|
|
|
/* NaNcount */
|
|
pq_sendint64(&buf, state->NaNcount);
|
|
|
|
result = pq_endtypsend(&buf);
|
|
|
|
PG_RETURN_BYTEA_P(result);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* numeric_avg_deserialize
|
|
* Deserialize bytea into NumericAggState for numeric aggregates that
|
|
* don't require sumX2.
|
|
*/
|
|
Datum
|
|
numeric_avg_deserialize(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
|
|
{
|
|
bytea *sstate;
|
|
NumericAggState *result;
|
|
Datum temp;
|
|
NumericVar tmp_var;
|
|
StringInfoData buf;
|
|
|
|
if (!AggCheckCallContext(fcinfo, NULL))
|
|
elog(ERROR, "aggregate function called in non-aggregate context");
|
|
|
|
sstate = PG_GETARG_BYTEA_P(0);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Copy the bytea into a StringInfo so that we can "receive" it using the
|
|
* standard recv-function infrastructure.
|
|
*/
|
|
initStringInfo(&buf);
|
|
appendBinaryStringInfo(&buf, VARDATA(sstate), VARSIZE(sstate) - VARHDRSZ);
|
|
|
|
result = makeNumericAggStateCurrentContext(false);
|
|
|
|
/* N */
|
|
result->N = pq_getmsgint64(&buf);
|
|
|
|
/* sumX */
|
|
temp = DirectFunctionCall3(numeric_recv,
|
|
PointerGetDatum(&buf),
|
|
InvalidOid,
|
|
-1);
|
|
init_var_from_num(DatumGetNumeric(temp), &tmp_var);
|
|
accum_sum_add(&(result->sumX), &tmp_var);
|
|
|
|
/* maxScale */
|
|
result->maxScale = pq_getmsgint(&buf, 4);
|
|
|
|
/* maxScaleCount */
|
|
result->maxScaleCount = pq_getmsgint64(&buf);
|
|
|
|
/* NaNcount */
|
|
result->NaNcount = pq_getmsgint64(&buf);
|
|
|
|
pq_getmsgend(&buf);
|
|
pfree(buf.data);
|
|
|
|
PG_RETURN_POINTER(result);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* numeric_serialize
|
|
* Serialization function for NumericAggState for numeric aggregates that
|
|
* require sumX2.
|
|
*/
|
|
Datum
|
|
numeric_serialize(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
|
|
{
|
|
NumericAggState *state;
|
|
StringInfoData buf;
|
|
Datum temp;
|
|
bytea *sumX;
|
|
NumericVar tmp_var;
|
|
bytea *sumX2;
|
|
bytea *result;
|
|
|
|
/* Ensure we disallow calling when not in aggregate context */
|
|
if (!AggCheckCallContext(fcinfo, NULL))
|
|
elog(ERROR, "aggregate function called in non-aggregate context");
|
|
|
|
state = (NumericAggState *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(0);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* This is a little wasteful since make_result converts the NumericVar
|
|
* into a Numeric and numeric_send converts it back again. Is it worth
|
|
* splitting the tasks in numeric_send into separate functions to stop
|
|
* this? Doing so would also remove the fmgr call overhead.
|
|
*/
|
|
init_var(&tmp_var);
|
|
|
|
accum_sum_final(&state->sumX, &tmp_var);
|
|
temp = DirectFunctionCall1(numeric_send,
|
|
NumericGetDatum(make_result(&tmp_var)));
|
|
sumX = DatumGetByteaP(temp);
|
|
|
|
accum_sum_final(&state->sumX2, &tmp_var);
|
|
temp = DirectFunctionCall1(numeric_send,
|
|
NumericGetDatum(make_result(&tmp_var)));
|
|
sumX2 = DatumGetByteaP(temp);
|
|
|
|
free_var(&tmp_var);
|
|
|
|
pq_begintypsend(&buf);
|
|
|
|
/* N */
|
|
pq_sendint64(&buf, state->N);
|
|
|
|
/* sumX */
|
|
pq_sendbytes(&buf, VARDATA(sumX), VARSIZE(sumX) - VARHDRSZ);
|
|
|
|
/* sumX2 */
|
|
pq_sendbytes(&buf, VARDATA(sumX2), VARSIZE(sumX2) - VARHDRSZ);
|
|
|
|
/* maxScale */
|
|
pq_sendint(&buf, state->maxScale, 4);
|
|
|
|
/* maxScaleCount */
|
|
pq_sendint64(&buf, state->maxScaleCount);
|
|
|
|
/* NaNcount */
|
|
pq_sendint64(&buf, state->NaNcount);
|
|
|
|
result = pq_endtypsend(&buf);
|
|
|
|
PG_RETURN_BYTEA_P(result);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* numeric_deserialize
|
|
* Deserialization function for NumericAggState for numeric aggregates that
|
|
* require sumX2.
|
|
*/
|
|
Datum
|
|
numeric_deserialize(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
|
|
{
|
|
bytea *sstate;
|
|
NumericAggState *result;
|
|
Datum temp;
|
|
NumericVar sumX_var;
|
|
NumericVar sumX2_var;
|
|
StringInfoData buf;
|
|
|
|
if (!AggCheckCallContext(fcinfo, NULL))
|
|
elog(ERROR, "aggregate function called in non-aggregate context");
|
|
|
|
sstate = PG_GETARG_BYTEA_P(0);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Copy the bytea into a StringInfo so that we can "receive" it using the
|
|
* standard recv-function infrastructure.
|
|
*/
|
|
initStringInfo(&buf);
|
|
appendBinaryStringInfo(&buf, VARDATA(sstate), VARSIZE(sstate) - VARHDRSZ);
|
|
|
|
result = makeNumericAggStateCurrentContext(false);
|
|
|
|
/* N */
|
|
result->N = pq_getmsgint64(&buf);
|
|
|
|
/* sumX */
|
|
temp = DirectFunctionCall3(numeric_recv,
|
|
PointerGetDatum(&buf),
|
|
InvalidOid,
|
|
-1);
|
|
init_var_from_num(DatumGetNumeric(temp), &sumX_var);
|
|
accum_sum_add(&(result->sumX), &sumX_var);
|
|
|
|
/* sumX2 */
|
|
temp = DirectFunctionCall3(numeric_recv,
|
|
PointerGetDatum(&buf),
|
|
InvalidOid,
|
|
-1);
|
|
init_var_from_num(DatumGetNumeric(temp), &sumX2_var);
|
|
accum_sum_add(&(result->sumX2), &sumX2_var);
|
|
|
|
/* maxScale */
|
|
result->maxScale = pq_getmsgint(&buf, 4);
|
|
|
|
/* maxScaleCount */
|
|
result->maxScaleCount = pq_getmsgint64(&buf);
|
|
|
|
/* NaNcount */
|
|
result->NaNcount = pq_getmsgint64(&buf);
|
|
|
|
pq_getmsgend(&buf);
|
|
pfree(buf.data);
|
|
|
|
PG_RETURN_POINTER(result);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Generic inverse transition function for numeric aggregates
|
|
* (with or without requirement for X^2).
|
|
*/
|
|
Datum
|
|
numeric_accum_inv(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
|
|
{
|
|
NumericAggState *state;
|
|
|
|
state = PG_ARGISNULL(0) ? NULL : (NumericAggState *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(0);
|
|
|
|
/* Should not get here with no state */
|
|
if (state == NULL)
|
|
elog(ERROR, "numeric_accum_inv called with NULL state");
|
|
|
|
if (!PG_ARGISNULL(1))
|
|
{
|
|
/* If we fail to perform the inverse transition, return NULL */
|
|
if (!do_numeric_discard(state, PG_GETARG_NUMERIC(1)))
|
|
PG_RETURN_NULL();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
PG_RETURN_POINTER(state);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Integer data types in general use Numeric accumulators to share code
|
|
* and avoid risk of overflow.
|
|
*
|
|
* However for performance reasons optimized special-purpose accumulator
|
|
* routines are used when possible.
|
|
*
|
|
* On platforms with 128-bit integer support, the 128-bit routines will be
|
|
* used when sum(X) or sum(X*X) fit into 128-bit.
|
|
*
|
|
* For 16 and 32 bit inputs, the N and sum(X) fit into 64-bit so the 64-bit
|
|
* accumulators will be used for SUM and AVG of these data types.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
#ifdef HAVE_INT128
|
|
typedef struct Int128AggState
|
|
{
|
|
bool calcSumX2; /* if true, calculate sumX2 */
|
|
int64 N; /* count of processed numbers */
|
|
int128 sumX; /* sum of processed numbers */
|
|
int128 sumX2; /* sum of squares of processed numbers */
|
|
} Int128AggState;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Prepare state data for a 128-bit aggregate function that needs to compute
|
|
* sum, count and optionally sum of squares of the input.
|
|
*/
|
|
static Int128AggState *
|
|
makeInt128AggState(FunctionCallInfo fcinfo, bool calcSumX2)
|
|
{
|
|
Int128AggState *state;
|
|
MemoryContext agg_context;
|
|
MemoryContext old_context;
|
|
|
|
if (!AggCheckCallContext(fcinfo, &agg_context))
|
|
elog(ERROR, "aggregate function called in non-aggregate context");
|
|
|
|
old_context = MemoryContextSwitchTo(agg_context);
|
|
|
|
state = (Int128AggState *) palloc0(sizeof(Int128AggState));
|
|
state->calcSumX2 = calcSumX2;
|
|
|
|
MemoryContextSwitchTo(old_context);
|
|
|
|
return state;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Like makeInt128AggState(), but allocate the state in the current memory
|
|
* context.
|
|
*/
|
|
static Int128AggState *
|
|
makeInt128AggStateCurrentContext(bool calcSumX2)
|
|
{
|
|
Int128AggState *state;
|
|
|
|
state = (Int128AggState *) palloc0(sizeof(Int128AggState));
|
|
state->calcSumX2 = calcSumX2;
|
|
|
|
return state;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Accumulate a new input value for 128-bit aggregate functions.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
do_int128_accum(Int128AggState *state, int128 newval)
|
|
{
|
|
if (state->calcSumX2)
|
|
state->sumX2 += newval * newval;
|
|
|
|
state->sumX += newval;
|
|
state->N++;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Remove an input value from the aggregated state.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
do_int128_discard(Int128AggState *state, int128 newval)
|
|
{
|
|
if (state->calcSumX2)
|
|
state->sumX2 -= newval * newval;
|
|
|
|
state->sumX -= newval;
|
|
state->N--;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
typedef Int128AggState PolyNumAggState;
|
|
#define makePolyNumAggState makeInt128AggState
|
|
#define makePolyNumAggStateCurrentContext makeInt128AggStateCurrentContext
|
|
#else
|
|
typedef NumericAggState PolyNumAggState;
|
|
#define makePolyNumAggState makeNumericAggState
|
|
#define makePolyNumAggStateCurrentContext makeNumericAggStateCurrentContext
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
Datum
|
|
int2_accum(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
|
|
{
|
|
PolyNumAggState *state;
|
|
|
|
state = PG_ARGISNULL(0) ? NULL : (PolyNumAggState *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(0);
|
|
|
|
/* Create the state data on the first call */
|
|
if (state == NULL)
|
|
state = makePolyNumAggState(fcinfo, true);
|
|
|
|
if (!PG_ARGISNULL(1))
|
|
{
|
|
#ifdef HAVE_INT128
|
|
do_int128_accum(state, (int128) PG_GETARG_INT16(1));
|
|
#else
|
|
Numeric newval;
|
|
|
|
newval = DatumGetNumeric(DirectFunctionCall1(int2_numeric,
|
|
PG_GETARG_DATUM(1)));
|
|
do_numeric_accum(state, newval);
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
PG_RETURN_POINTER(state);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Datum
|
|
int4_accum(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
|
|
{
|
|
PolyNumAggState *state;
|
|
|
|
state = PG_ARGISNULL(0) ? NULL : (PolyNumAggState *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(0);
|
|
|
|
/* Create the state data on the first call */
|
|
if (state == NULL)
|
|
state = makePolyNumAggState(fcinfo, true);
|
|
|
|
if (!PG_ARGISNULL(1))
|
|
{
|
|
#ifdef HAVE_INT128
|
|
do_int128_accum(state, (int128) PG_GETARG_INT32(1));
|
|
#else
|
|
Numeric newval;
|
|
|
|
newval = DatumGetNumeric(DirectFunctionCall1(int4_numeric,
|
|
PG_GETARG_DATUM(1)));
|
|
do_numeric_accum(state, newval);
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
PG_RETURN_POINTER(state);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Datum
|
|
int8_accum(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
|
|
{
|
|
NumericAggState *state;
|
|
|
|
state = PG_ARGISNULL(0) ? NULL : (NumericAggState *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(0);
|
|
|
|
/* Create the state data on the first call */
|
|
if (state == NULL)
|
|
state = makeNumericAggState(fcinfo, true);
|
|
|
|
if (!PG_ARGISNULL(1))
|
|
{
|
|
Numeric newval;
|
|
|
|
newval = DatumGetNumeric(DirectFunctionCall1(int8_numeric,
|
|
PG_GETARG_DATUM(1)));
|
|
do_numeric_accum(state, newval);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
PG_RETURN_POINTER(state);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Combine function for numeric aggregates which require sumX2
|
|
*/
|
|
Datum
|
|
numeric_poly_combine(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
|
|
{
|
|
PolyNumAggState *state1;
|
|
PolyNumAggState *state2;
|
|
MemoryContext agg_context;
|
|
MemoryContext old_context;
|
|
|
|
if (!AggCheckCallContext(fcinfo, &agg_context))
|
|
elog(ERROR, "aggregate function called in non-aggregate context");
|
|
|
|
state1 = PG_ARGISNULL(0) ? NULL : (PolyNumAggState *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(0);
|
|
state2 = PG_ARGISNULL(1) ? NULL : (PolyNumAggState *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(1);
|
|
|
|
if (state2 == NULL)
|
|
PG_RETURN_POINTER(state1);
|
|
|
|
/* manually copy all fields from state2 to state1 */
|
|
if (state1 == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
old_context = MemoryContextSwitchTo(agg_context);
|
|
|
|
state1 = makePolyNumAggState(fcinfo, true);
|
|
state1->N = state2->N;
|
|
|
|
#ifdef HAVE_INT128
|
|
state1->sumX = state2->sumX;
|
|
state1->sumX2 = state2->sumX2;
|
|
#else
|
|
accum_sum_copy(&state2->sumX, &state1->sumX);
|
|
accum_sum_copy(&state2->sumX2, &state1->sumX2);
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
MemoryContextSwitchTo(old_context);
|
|
|
|
PG_RETURN_POINTER(state1);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (state2->N > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
state1->N += state2->N;
|
|
|
|
#ifdef HAVE_INT128
|
|
state1->sumX += state2->sumX;
|
|
state1->sumX2 += state2->sumX2;
|
|
#else
|
|
/* The rest of this needs to work in the aggregate context */
|
|
old_context = MemoryContextSwitchTo(agg_context);
|
|
|
|
/* Accumulate sums */
|
|
accum_sum_combine(&state1->sumX, &state2->sumX);
|
|
accum_sum_combine(&state1->sumX2, &state2->sumX2);
|
|
|
|
MemoryContextSwitchTo(old_context);
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
PG_RETURN_POINTER(state1);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* numeric_poly_serialize
|
|
* Serialize PolyNumAggState into bytea for aggregate functions which
|
|
* require sumX2.
|
|
*/
|
|
Datum
|
|
numeric_poly_serialize(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
|
|
{
|
|
PolyNumAggState *state;
|
|
StringInfoData buf;
|
|
bytea *sumX;
|
|
bytea *sumX2;
|
|
bytea *result;
|
|
|
|
/* Ensure we disallow calling when not in aggregate context */
|
|
if (!AggCheckCallContext(fcinfo, NULL))
|
|
elog(ERROR, "aggregate function called in non-aggregate context");
|
|
|
|
state = (PolyNumAggState *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(0);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If the platform supports int128 then sumX and sumX2 will be a 128 bit
|
|
* integer type. Here we'll convert that into a numeric type so that the
|
|
* combine state is in the same format for both int128 enabled machines
|
|
* and machines which don't support that type. The logic here is that one
|
|
* day we might like to send these over to another server for further
|
|
* processing and we want a standard format to work with.
|
|
*/
|
|
{
|
|
Datum temp;
|
|
NumericVar num;
|
|
|
|
init_var(&num);
|
|
|
|
#ifdef HAVE_INT128
|
|
int128_to_numericvar(state->sumX, &num);
|
|
#else
|
|
accum_sum_final(&state->sumX, &num);
|
|
#endif
|
|
temp = DirectFunctionCall1(numeric_send,
|
|
NumericGetDatum(make_result(&num)));
|
|
sumX = DatumGetByteaP(temp);
|
|
|
|
#ifdef HAVE_INT128
|
|
int128_to_numericvar(state->sumX2, &num);
|
|
#else
|
|
accum_sum_final(&state->sumX2, &num);
|
|
#endif
|
|
temp = DirectFunctionCall1(numeric_send,
|
|
NumericGetDatum(make_result(&num)));
|
|
sumX2 = DatumGetByteaP(temp);
|
|
|
|
free_var(&num);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
pq_begintypsend(&buf);
|
|
|
|
/* N */
|
|
pq_sendint64(&buf, state->N);
|
|
|
|
/* sumX */
|
|
pq_sendbytes(&buf, VARDATA(sumX), VARSIZE(sumX) - VARHDRSZ);
|
|
|
|
/* sumX2 */
|
|
pq_sendbytes(&buf, VARDATA(sumX2), VARSIZE(sumX2) - VARHDRSZ);
|
|
|
|
result = pq_endtypsend(&buf);
|
|
|
|
PG_RETURN_BYTEA_P(result);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* numeric_poly_deserialize
|
|
* Deserialize PolyNumAggState from bytea for aggregate functions which
|
|
* require sumX2.
|
|
*/
|
|
Datum
|
|
numeric_poly_deserialize(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
|
|
{
|
|
bytea *sstate;
|
|
PolyNumAggState *result;
|
|
Datum sumX;
|
|
NumericVar sumX_var;
|
|
Datum sumX2;
|
|
NumericVar sumX2_var;
|
|
StringInfoData buf;
|
|
|
|
if (!AggCheckCallContext(fcinfo, NULL))
|
|
elog(ERROR, "aggregate function called in non-aggregate context");
|
|
|
|
sstate = PG_GETARG_BYTEA_P(0);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Copy the bytea into a StringInfo so that we can "receive" it using the
|
|
* standard recv-function infrastructure.
|
|
*/
|
|
initStringInfo(&buf);
|
|
appendBinaryStringInfo(&buf, VARDATA(sstate), VARSIZE(sstate) - VARHDRSZ);
|
|
|
|
result = makePolyNumAggStateCurrentContext(false);
|
|
|
|
/* N */
|
|
result->N = pq_getmsgint64(&buf);
|
|
|
|
/* sumX */
|
|
sumX = DirectFunctionCall3(numeric_recv,
|
|
PointerGetDatum(&buf),
|
|
InvalidOid,
|
|
-1);
|
|
|
|
/* sumX2 */
|
|
sumX2 = DirectFunctionCall3(numeric_recv,
|
|
PointerGetDatum(&buf),
|
|
InvalidOid,
|
|
-1);
|
|
|
|
init_var_from_num(DatumGetNumeric(sumX), &sumX_var);
|
|
#ifdef HAVE_INT128
|
|
numericvar_to_int128(&sumX_var, &result->sumX);
|
|
#else
|
|
accum_sum_add(&result->sumX, &sumX_var);
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
init_var_from_num(DatumGetNumeric(sumX2), &sumX2_var);
|
|
#ifdef HAVE_INT128
|
|
numericvar_to_int128(&sumX2_var, &result->sumX2);
|
|
#else
|
|
accum_sum_add(&result->sumX2, &sumX2_var);
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
pq_getmsgend(&buf);
|
|
pfree(buf.data);
|
|
|
|
PG_RETURN_POINTER(result);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Transition function for int8 input when we don't need sumX2.
|
|
*/
|
|
Datum
|
|
int8_avg_accum(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
|
|
{
|
|
PolyNumAggState *state;
|
|
|
|
state = PG_ARGISNULL(0) ? NULL : (PolyNumAggState *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(0);
|
|
|
|
/* Create the state data on the first call */
|
|
if (state == NULL)
|
|
state = makePolyNumAggState(fcinfo, false);
|
|
|
|
if (!PG_ARGISNULL(1))
|
|
{
|
|
#ifdef HAVE_INT128
|
|
do_int128_accum(state, (int128) PG_GETARG_INT64(1));
|
|
#else
|
|
Numeric newval;
|
|
|
|
newval = DatumGetNumeric(DirectFunctionCall1(int8_numeric,
|
|
PG_GETARG_DATUM(1)));
|
|
do_numeric_accum(state, newval);
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
PG_RETURN_POINTER(state);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Combine function for PolyNumAggState for aggregates which don't require
|
|
* sumX2
|
|
*/
|
|
Datum
|
|
int8_avg_combine(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
|
|
{
|
|
PolyNumAggState *state1;
|
|
PolyNumAggState *state2;
|
|
MemoryContext agg_context;
|
|
MemoryContext old_context;
|
|
|
|
if (!AggCheckCallContext(fcinfo, &agg_context))
|
|
elog(ERROR, "aggregate function called in non-aggregate context");
|
|
|
|
state1 = PG_ARGISNULL(0) ? NULL : (PolyNumAggState *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(0);
|
|
state2 = PG_ARGISNULL(1) ? NULL : (PolyNumAggState *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(1);
|
|
|
|
if (state2 == NULL)
|
|
PG_RETURN_POINTER(state1);
|
|
|
|
/* manually copy all fields from state2 to state1 */
|
|
if (state1 == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
old_context = MemoryContextSwitchTo(agg_context);
|
|
|
|
state1 = makePolyNumAggState(fcinfo, false);
|
|
state1->N = state2->N;
|
|
|
|
#ifdef HAVE_INT128
|
|
state1->sumX = state2->sumX;
|
|
#else
|
|
accum_sum_copy(&state1->sumX, &state2->sumX);
|
|
#endif
|
|
MemoryContextSwitchTo(old_context);
|
|
|
|
PG_RETURN_POINTER(state1);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (state2->N > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
state1->N += state2->N;
|
|
|
|
#ifdef HAVE_INT128
|
|
state1->sumX += state2->sumX;
|
|
#else
|
|
/* The rest of this needs to work in the aggregate context */
|
|
old_context = MemoryContextSwitchTo(agg_context);
|
|
|
|
/* Accumulate sums */
|
|
accum_sum_combine(&state1->sumX, &state2->sumX);
|
|
|
|
MemoryContextSwitchTo(old_context);
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
PG_RETURN_POINTER(state1);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* int8_avg_serialize
|
|
* Serialize PolyNumAggState into bytea using the standard
|
|
* recv-function infrastructure.
|
|
*/
|
|
Datum
|
|
int8_avg_serialize(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
|
|
{
|
|
PolyNumAggState *state;
|
|
StringInfoData buf;
|
|
bytea *sumX;
|
|
bytea *result;
|
|
|
|
/* Ensure we disallow calling when not in aggregate context */
|
|
if (!AggCheckCallContext(fcinfo, NULL))
|
|
elog(ERROR, "aggregate function called in non-aggregate context");
|
|
|
|
state = (PolyNumAggState *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(0);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If the platform supports int128 then sumX will be a 128 integer type.
|
|
* Here we'll convert that into a numeric type so that the combine state
|
|
* is in the same format for both int128 enabled machines and machines
|
|
* which don't support that type. The logic here is that one day we might
|
|
* like to send these over to another server for further processing and we
|
|
* want a standard format to work with.
|
|
*/
|
|
{
|
|
Datum temp;
|
|
NumericVar num;
|
|
|
|
init_var(&num);
|
|
|
|
#ifdef HAVE_INT128
|
|
int128_to_numericvar(state->sumX, &num);
|
|
#else
|
|
accum_sum_final(&state->sumX, &num);
|
|
#endif
|
|
temp = DirectFunctionCall1(numeric_send,
|
|
NumericGetDatum(make_result(&num)));
|
|
sumX = DatumGetByteaP(temp);
|
|
|
|
free_var(&num);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
pq_begintypsend(&buf);
|
|
|
|
/* N */
|
|
pq_sendint64(&buf, state->N);
|
|
|
|
/* sumX */
|
|
pq_sendbytes(&buf, VARDATA(sumX), VARSIZE(sumX) - VARHDRSZ);
|
|
|
|
result = pq_endtypsend(&buf);
|
|
|
|
PG_RETURN_BYTEA_P(result);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* int8_avg_deserialize
|
|
* Deserialize bytea back into PolyNumAggState.
|
|
*/
|
|
Datum
|
|
int8_avg_deserialize(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
|
|
{
|
|
bytea *sstate;
|
|
PolyNumAggState *result;
|
|
StringInfoData buf;
|
|
Datum temp;
|
|
NumericVar num;
|
|
|
|
if (!AggCheckCallContext(fcinfo, NULL))
|
|
elog(ERROR, "aggregate function called in non-aggregate context");
|
|
|
|
sstate = PG_GETARG_BYTEA_P(0);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Copy the bytea into a StringInfo so that we can "receive" it using the
|
|
* standard recv-function infrastructure.
|
|
*/
|
|
initStringInfo(&buf);
|
|
appendBinaryStringInfo(&buf, VARDATA(sstate), VARSIZE(sstate) - VARHDRSZ);
|
|
|
|
result = makePolyNumAggStateCurrentContext(false);
|
|
|
|
/* N */
|
|
result->N = pq_getmsgint64(&buf);
|
|
|
|
/* sumX */
|
|
temp = DirectFunctionCall3(numeric_recv,
|
|
PointerGetDatum(&buf),
|
|
InvalidOid,
|
|
-1);
|
|
init_var_from_num(DatumGetNumeric(temp), &num);
|
|
#ifdef HAVE_INT128
|
|
numericvar_to_int128(&num, &result->sumX);
|
|
#else
|
|
accum_sum_add(&result->sumX, &num);
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
pq_getmsgend(&buf);
|
|
pfree(buf.data);
|
|
|
|
PG_RETURN_POINTER(result);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Inverse transition functions to go with the above.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
Datum
|
|
int2_accum_inv(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
|
|
{
|
|
PolyNumAggState *state;
|
|
|
|
state = PG_ARGISNULL(0) ? NULL : (PolyNumAggState *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(0);
|
|
|
|
/* Should not get here with no state */
|
|
if (state == NULL)
|
|
elog(ERROR, "int2_accum_inv called with NULL state");
|
|
|
|
if (!PG_ARGISNULL(1))
|
|
{
|
|
#ifdef HAVE_INT128
|
|
do_int128_discard(state, (int128) PG_GETARG_INT16(1));
|
|
#else
|
|
Numeric newval;
|
|
|
|
newval = DatumGetNumeric(DirectFunctionCall1(int2_numeric,
|
|
PG_GETARG_DATUM(1)));
|
|
|
|
/* Should never fail, all inputs have dscale 0 */
|
|
if (!do_numeric_discard(state, newval))
|
|
elog(ERROR, "do_numeric_discard failed unexpectedly");
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
PG_RETURN_POINTER(state);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Datum
|
|
int4_accum_inv(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
|
|
{
|
|
PolyNumAggState *state;
|
|
|
|
state = PG_ARGISNULL(0) ? NULL : (PolyNumAggState *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(0);
|
|
|
|
/* Should not get here with no state */
|
|
if (state == NULL)
|
|
elog(ERROR, "int4_accum_inv called with NULL state");
|
|
|
|
if (!PG_ARGISNULL(1))
|
|
{
|
|
#ifdef HAVE_INT128
|
|
do_int128_discard(state, (int128) PG_GETARG_INT32(1));
|
|
#else
|
|
Numeric newval;
|
|
|
|
newval = DatumGetNumeric(DirectFunctionCall1(int4_numeric,
|
|
PG_GETARG_DATUM(1)));
|
|
|
|
/* Should never fail, all inputs have dscale 0 */
|
|
if (!do_numeric_discard(state, newval))
|
|
elog(ERROR, "do_numeric_discard failed unexpectedly");
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
PG_RETURN_POINTER(state);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Datum
|
|
int8_accum_inv(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
|
|
{
|
|
NumericAggState *state;
|
|
|
|
state = PG_ARGISNULL(0) ? NULL : (NumericAggState *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(0);
|
|
|
|
/* Should not get here with no state */
|
|
if (state == NULL)
|
|
elog(ERROR, "int8_accum_inv called with NULL state");
|
|
|
|
if (!PG_ARGISNULL(1))
|
|
{
|
|
Numeric newval;
|
|
|
|
newval = DatumGetNumeric(DirectFunctionCall1(int8_numeric,
|
|
PG_GETARG_DATUM(1)));
|
|
|
|
/* Should never fail, all inputs have dscale 0 */
|
|
if (!do_numeric_discard(state, newval))
|
|
elog(ERROR, "do_numeric_discard failed unexpectedly");
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
PG_RETURN_POINTER(state);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Datum
|
|
int8_avg_accum_inv(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
|
|
{
|
|
PolyNumAggState *state;
|
|
|
|
state = PG_ARGISNULL(0) ? NULL : (PolyNumAggState *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(0);
|
|
|
|
/* Should not get here with no state */
|
|
if (state == NULL)
|
|
elog(ERROR, "int8_avg_accum_inv called with NULL state");
|
|
|
|
if (!PG_ARGISNULL(1))
|
|
{
|
|
#ifdef HAVE_INT128
|
|
do_int128_discard(state, (int128) PG_GETARG_INT64(1));
|
|
#else
|
|
Numeric newval;
|
|
|
|
newval = DatumGetNumeric(DirectFunctionCall1(int8_numeric,
|
|
PG_GETARG_DATUM(1)));
|
|
|
|
/* Should never fail, all inputs have dscale 0 */
|
|
if (!do_numeric_discard(state, newval))
|
|
elog(ERROR, "do_numeric_discard failed unexpectedly");
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
PG_RETURN_POINTER(state);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Datum
|
|
numeric_poly_sum(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
|
|
{
|
|
#ifdef HAVE_INT128
|
|
PolyNumAggState *state;
|
|
Numeric res;
|
|
NumericVar result;
|
|
|
|
state = PG_ARGISNULL(0) ? NULL : (PolyNumAggState *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(0);
|
|
|
|
/* If there were no non-null inputs, return NULL */
|
|
if (state == NULL || state->N == 0)
|
|
PG_RETURN_NULL();
|
|
|
|
init_var(&result);
|
|
|
|
int128_to_numericvar(state->sumX, &result);
|
|
|
|
res = make_result(&result);
|
|
|
|
free_var(&result);
|
|
|
|
PG_RETURN_NUMERIC(res);
|
|
#else
|
|
return numeric_sum(fcinfo);
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Datum
|
|
numeric_poly_avg(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
|
|
{
|
|
#ifdef HAVE_INT128
|
|
PolyNumAggState *state;
|
|
NumericVar result;
|
|
Datum countd,
|
|
sumd;
|
|
|
|
state = PG_ARGISNULL(0) ? NULL : (PolyNumAggState *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(0);
|
|
|
|
/* If there were no non-null inputs, return NULL */
|
|
if (state == NULL || state->N == 0)
|
|
PG_RETURN_NULL();
|
|
|
|
init_var(&result);
|
|
|
|
int128_to_numericvar(state->sumX, &result);
|
|
|
|
countd = DirectFunctionCall1(int8_numeric,
|
|
Int64GetDatumFast(state->N));
|
|
sumd = NumericGetDatum(make_result(&result));
|
|
|
|
free_var(&result);
|
|
|
|
PG_RETURN_DATUM(DirectFunctionCall2(numeric_div, sumd, countd));
|
|
#else
|
|
return numeric_avg(fcinfo);
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Datum
|
|
numeric_avg(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
|
|
{
|
|
NumericAggState *state;
|
|
Datum N_datum;
|
|
Datum sumX_datum;
|
|
NumericVar sumX_var;
|
|
|
|
state = PG_ARGISNULL(0) ? NULL : (NumericAggState *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(0);
|
|
|
|
/* If there were no non-null inputs, return NULL */
|
|
if (state == NULL || (state->N + state->NaNcount) == 0)
|
|
PG_RETURN_NULL();
|
|
|
|
if (state->NaNcount > 0) /* there was at least one NaN input */
|
|
PG_RETURN_NUMERIC(make_result(&const_nan));
|
|
|
|
N_datum = DirectFunctionCall1(int8_numeric, Int64GetDatum(state->N));
|
|
|
|
init_var(&sumX_var);
|
|
accum_sum_final(&state->sumX, &sumX_var);
|
|
sumX_datum = NumericGetDatum(make_result(&sumX_var));
|
|
free_var(&sumX_var);
|
|
|
|
PG_RETURN_DATUM(DirectFunctionCall2(numeric_div, sumX_datum, N_datum));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Datum
|
|
numeric_sum(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
|
|
{
|
|
NumericAggState *state;
|
|
NumericVar sumX_var;
|
|
Numeric result;
|
|
|
|
state = PG_ARGISNULL(0) ? NULL : (NumericAggState *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(0);
|
|
|
|
/* If there were no non-null inputs, return NULL */
|
|
if (state == NULL || (state->N + state->NaNcount) == 0)
|
|
PG_RETURN_NULL();
|
|
|
|
if (state->NaNcount > 0) /* there was at least one NaN input */
|
|
PG_RETURN_NUMERIC(make_result(&const_nan));
|
|
|
|
init_var(&sumX_var);
|
|
accum_sum_final(&state->sumX, &sumX_var);
|
|
result = make_result(&sumX_var);
|
|
free_var(&sumX_var);
|
|
|
|
PG_RETURN_NUMERIC(result);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Workhorse routine for the standard deviance and variance
|
|
* aggregates. 'state' is aggregate's transition state.
|
|
* 'variance' specifies whether we should calculate the
|
|
* variance or the standard deviation. 'sample' indicates whether the
|
|
* caller is interested in the sample or the population
|
|
* variance/stddev.
|
|
*
|
|
* If appropriate variance statistic is undefined for the input,
|
|
* *is_null is set to true and NULL is returned.
|
|
*/
|
|
static Numeric
|
|
numeric_stddev_internal(NumericAggState *state,
|
|
bool variance, bool sample,
|
|
bool *is_null)
|
|
{
|
|
Numeric res;
|
|
NumericVar vN,
|
|
vsumX,
|
|
vsumX2,
|
|
vNminus1;
|
|
NumericVar *comp;
|
|
int rscale;
|
|
|
|
/* Deal with empty input and NaN-input cases */
|
|
if (state == NULL || (state->N + state->NaNcount) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
*is_null = true;
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
*is_null = false;
|
|
|
|
if (state->NaNcount > 0)
|
|
return make_result(&const_nan);
|
|
|
|
init_var(&vN);
|
|
init_var(&vsumX);
|
|
init_var(&vsumX2);
|
|
|
|
int64_to_numericvar(state->N, &vN);
|
|
accum_sum_final(&(state->sumX), &vsumX);
|
|
accum_sum_final(&(state->sumX2), &vsumX2);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Sample stddev and variance are undefined when N <= 1; population stddev
|
|
* is undefined when N == 0. Return NULL in either case.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (sample)
|
|
comp = &const_one;
|
|
else
|
|
comp = &const_zero;
|
|
|
|
if (cmp_var(&vN, comp) <= 0)
|
|
{
|
|
*is_null = true;
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
init_var(&vNminus1);
|
|
sub_var(&vN, &const_one, &vNminus1);
|
|
|
|
/* compute rscale for mul_var calls */
|
|
rscale = vsumX.dscale * 2;
|
|
|
|
mul_var(&vsumX, &vsumX, &vsumX, rscale); /* vsumX = sumX * sumX */
|
|
mul_var(&vN, &vsumX2, &vsumX2, rscale); /* vsumX2 = N * sumX2 */
|
|
sub_var(&vsumX2, &vsumX, &vsumX2); /* N * sumX2 - sumX * sumX */
|
|
|
|
if (cmp_var(&vsumX2, &const_zero) <= 0)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Watch out for roundoff error producing a negative numerator */
|
|
res = make_result(&const_zero);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
if (sample)
|
|
mul_var(&vN, &vNminus1, &vNminus1, 0); /* N * (N - 1) */
|
|
else
|
|
mul_var(&vN, &vN, &vNminus1, 0); /* N * N */
|
|
rscale = select_div_scale(&vsumX2, &vNminus1);
|
|
div_var(&vsumX2, &vNminus1, &vsumX, rscale, true); /* variance */
|
|
if (!variance)
|
|
sqrt_var(&vsumX, &vsumX, rscale); /* stddev */
|
|
|
|
res = make_result(&vsumX);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
free_var(&vNminus1);
|
|
free_var(&vsumX);
|
|
free_var(&vsumX2);
|
|
|
|
return res;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Datum
|
|
numeric_var_samp(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
|
|
{
|
|
NumericAggState *state;
|
|
Numeric res;
|
|
bool is_null;
|
|
|
|
state = PG_ARGISNULL(0) ? NULL : (NumericAggState *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(0);
|
|
|
|
res = numeric_stddev_internal(state, true, true, &is_null);
|
|
|
|
if (is_null)
|
|
PG_RETURN_NULL();
|
|
else
|
|
PG_RETURN_NUMERIC(res);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Datum
|
|
numeric_stddev_samp(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
|
|
{
|
|
NumericAggState *state;
|
|
Numeric res;
|
|
bool is_null;
|
|
|
|
state = PG_ARGISNULL(0) ? NULL : (NumericAggState *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(0);
|
|
|
|
res = numeric_stddev_internal(state, false, true, &is_null);
|
|
|
|
if (is_null)
|
|
PG_RETURN_NULL();
|
|
else
|
|
PG_RETURN_NUMERIC(res);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Datum
|
|
numeric_var_pop(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
|
|
{
|
|
NumericAggState *state;
|
|
Numeric res;
|
|
bool is_null;
|
|
|
|
state = PG_ARGISNULL(0) ? NULL : (NumericAggState *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(0);
|
|
|
|
res = numeric_stddev_internal(state, true, false, &is_null);
|
|
|
|
if (is_null)
|
|
PG_RETURN_NULL();
|
|
else
|
|
PG_RETURN_NUMERIC(res);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Datum
|
|
numeric_stddev_pop(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
|
|
{
|
|
NumericAggState *state;
|
|
Numeric res;
|
|
bool is_null;
|
|
|
|
state = PG_ARGISNULL(0) ? NULL : (NumericAggState *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(0);
|
|
|
|
res = numeric_stddev_internal(state, false, false, &is_null);
|
|
|
|
if (is_null)
|
|
PG_RETURN_NULL();
|
|
else
|
|
PG_RETURN_NUMERIC(res);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#ifdef HAVE_INT128
|
|
static Numeric
|
|
numeric_poly_stddev_internal(Int128AggState *state,
|
|
bool variance, bool sample,
|
|
bool *is_null)
|
|
{
|
|
NumericAggState numstate;
|
|
Numeric res;
|
|
|
|
/* Initialize an empty agg state */
|
|
memset(&numstate, 0, sizeof(NumericAggState));
|
|
|
|
if (state)
|
|
{
|
|
NumericVar tmp_var;
|
|
|
|
numstate.N = state->N;
|
|
|
|
init_var(&tmp_var);
|
|
|
|
int128_to_numericvar(state->sumX, &tmp_var);
|
|
accum_sum_add(&numstate.sumX, &tmp_var);
|
|
|
|
int128_to_numericvar(state->sumX2, &tmp_var);
|
|
accum_sum_add(&numstate.sumX2, &tmp_var);
|
|
|
|
free_var(&tmp_var);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
res = numeric_stddev_internal(&numstate, variance, sample, is_null);
|
|
|
|
if (numstate.sumX.ndigits > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
pfree(numstate.sumX.pos_digits);
|
|
pfree(numstate.sumX.neg_digits);
|
|
}
|
|
if (numstate.sumX2.ndigits > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
pfree(numstate.sumX2.pos_digits);
|
|
pfree(numstate.sumX2.neg_digits);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return res;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
Datum
|
|
numeric_poly_var_samp(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
|
|
{
|
|
#ifdef HAVE_INT128
|
|
PolyNumAggState *state;
|
|
Numeric res;
|
|
bool is_null;
|
|
|
|
state = PG_ARGISNULL(0) ? NULL : (PolyNumAggState *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(0);
|
|
|
|
res = numeric_poly_stddev_internal(state, true, true, &is_null);
|
|
|
|
if (is_null)
|
|
PG_RETURN_NULL();
|
|
else
|
|
PG_RETURN_NUMERIC(res);
|
|
#else
|
|
return numeric_var_samp(fcinfo);
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Datum
|
|
numeric_poly_stddev_samp(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
|
|
{
|
|
#ifdef HAVE_INT128
|
|
PolyNumAggState *state;
|
|
Numeric res;
|
|
bool is_null;
|
|
|
|
state = PG_ARGISNULL(0) ? NULL : (PolyNumAggState *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(0);
|
|
|
|
res = numeric_poly_stddev_internal(state, false, true, &is_null);
|
|
|
|
if (is_null)
|
|
PG_RETURN_NULL();
|
|
else
|
|
PG_RETURN_NUMERIC(res);
|
|
#else
|
|
return numeric_stddev_samp(fcinfo);
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Datum
|
|
numeric_poly_var_pop(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
|
|
{
|
|
#ifdef HAVE_INT128
|
|
PolyNumAggState *state;
|
|
Numeric res;
|
|
bool is_null;
|
|
|
|
state = PG_ARGISNULL(0) ? NULL : (PolyNumAggState *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(0);
|
|
|
|
res = numeric_poly_stddev_internal(state, true, false, &is_null);
|
|
|
|
if (is_null)
|
|
PG_RETURN_NULL();
|
|
else
|
|
PG_RETURN_NUMERIC(res);
|
|
#else
|
|
return numeric_var_pop(fcinfo);
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Datum
|
|
numeric_poly_stddev_pop(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
|
|
{
|
|
#ifdef HAVE_INT128
|
|
PolyNumAggState *state;
|
|
Numeric res;
|
|
bool is_null;
|
|
|
|
state = PG_ARGISNULL(0) ? NULL : (PolyNumAggState *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(0);
|
|
|
|
res = numeric_poly_stddev_internal(state, false, false, &is_null);
|
|
|
|
if (is_null)
|
|
PG_RETURN_NULL();
|
|
else
|
|
PG_RETURN_NUMERIC(res);
|
|
#else
|
|
return numeric_stddev_pop(fcinfo);
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* SUM transition functions for integer datatypes.
|
|
*
|
|
* To avoid overflow, we use accumulators wider than the input datatype.
|
|
* A Numeric accumulator is needed for int8 input; for int4 and int2
|
|
* inputs, we use int8 accumulators which should be sufficient for practical
|
|
* purposes. (The latter two therefore don't really belong in this file,
|
|
* but we keep them here anyway.)
|
|
*
|
|
* Because SQL defines the SUM() of no values to be NULL, not zero,
|
|
* the initial condition of the transition data value needs to be NULL. This
|
|
* means we can't rely on ExecAgg to automatically insert the first non-null
|
|
* data value into the transition data: it doesn't know how to do the type
|
|
* conversion. The upshot is that these routines have to be marked non-strict
|
|
* and handle substitution of the first non-null input themselves.
|
|
*
|
|
* Note: these functions are used only in plain aggregation mode.
|
|
* In moving-aggregate mode, we use intX_avg_accum and intX_avg_accum_inv.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
Datum
|
|
int2_sum(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
|
|
{
|
|
int64 newval;
|
|
|
|
if (PG_ARGISNULL(0))
|
|
{
|
|
/* No non-null input seen so far... */
|
|
if (PG_ARGISNULL(1))
|
|
PG_RETURN_NULL(); /* still no non-null */
|
|
/* This is the first non-null input. */
|
|
newval = (int64) PG_GETARG_INT16(1);
|
|
PG_RETURN_INT64(newval);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If we're invoked as an aggregate, we can cheat and modify our first
|
|
* parameter in-place to avoid palloc overhead. If not, we need to return
|
|
* the new value of the transition variable. (If int8 is pass-by-value,
|
|
* then of course this is useless as well as incorrect, so just ifdef it
|
|
* out.)
|
|
*/
|
|
#ifndef USE_FLOAT8_BYVAL /* controls int8 too */
|
|
if (AggCheckCallContext(fcinfo, NULL))
|
|
{
|
|
int64 *oldsum = (int64 *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(0);
|
|
|
|
/* Leave the running sum unchanged in the new input is null */
|
|
if (!PG_ARGISNULL(1))
|
|
*oldsum = *oldsum + (int64) PG_GETARG_INT16(1);
|
|
|
|
PG_RETURN_POINTER(oldsum);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
#endif
|
|
{
|
|
int64 oldsum = PG_GETARG_INT64(0);
|
|
|
|
/* Leave sum unchanged if new input is null. */
|
|
if (PG_ARGISNULL(1))
|
|
PG_RETURN_INT64(oldsum);
|
|
|
|
/* OK to do the addition. */
|
|
newval = oldsum + (int64) PG_GETARG_INT16(1);
|
|
|
|
PG_RETURN_INT64(newval);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Datum
|
|
int4_sum(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
|
|
{
|
|
int64 newval;
|
|
|
|
if (PG_ARGISNULL(0))
|
|
{
|
|
/* No non-null input seen so far... */
|
|
if (PG_ARGISNULL(1))
|
|
PG_RETURN_NULL(); /* still no non-null */
|
|
/* This is the first non-null input. */
|
|
newval = (int64) PG_GETARG_INT32(1);
|
|
PG_RETURN_INT64(newval);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If we're invoked as an aggregate, we can cheat and modify our first
|
|
* parameter in-place to avoid palloc overhead. If not, we need to return
|
|
* the new value of the transition variable. (If int8 is pass-by-value,
|
|
* then of course this is useless as well as incorrect, so just ifdef it
|
|
* out.)
|
|
*/
|
|
#ifndef USE_FLOAT8_BYVAL /* controls int8 too */
|
|
if (AggCheckCallContext(fcinfo, NULL))
|
|
{
|
|
int64 *oldsum = (int64 *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(0);
|
|
|
|
/* Leave the running sum unchanged in the new input is null */
|
|
if (!PG_ARGISNULL(1))
|
|
*oldsum = *oldsum + (int64) PG_GETARG_INT32(1);
|
|
|
|
PG_RETURN_POINTER(oldsum);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
#endif
|
|
{
|
|
int64 oldsum = PG_GETARG_INT64(0);
|
|
|
|
/* Leave sum unchanged if new input is null. */
|
|
if (PG_ARGISNULL(1))
|
|
PG_RETURN_INT64(oldsum);
|
|
|
|
/* OK to do the addition. */
|
|
newval = oldsum + (int64) PG_GETARG_INT32(1);
|
|
|
|
PG_RETURN_INT64(newval);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Note: this function is obsolete, it's no longer used for SUM(int8).
|
|
*/
|
|
Datum
|
|
int8_sum(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
|
|
{
|
|
Numeric oldsum;
|
|
Datum newval;
|
|
|
|
if (PG_ARGISNULL(0))
|
|
{
|
|
/* No non-null input seen so far... */
|
|
if (PG_ARGISNULL(1))
|
|
PG_RETURN_NULL(); /* still no non-null */
|
|
/* This is the first non-null input. */
|
|
newval = DirectFunctionCall1(int8_numeric, PG_GETARG_DATUM(1));
|
|
PG_RETURN_DATUM(newval);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Note that we cannot special-case the aggregate case here, as we do for
|
|
* int2_sum and int4_sum: numeric is of variable size, so we cannot modify
|
|
* our first parameter in-place.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
oldsum = PG_GETARG_NUMERIC(0);
|
|
|
|
/* Leave sum unchanged if new input is null. */
|
|
if (PG_ARGISNULL(1))
|
|
PG_RETURN_NUMERIC(oldsum);
|
|
|
|
/* OK to do the addition. */
|
|
newval = DirectFunctionCall1(int8_numeric, PG_GETARG_DATUM(1));
|
|
|
|
PG_RETURN_DATUM(DirectFunctionCall2(numeric_add,
|
|
NumericGetDatum(oldsum), newval));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Routines for avg(int2) and avg(int4). The transition datatype
|
|
* is a two-element int8 array, holding count and sum.
|
|
*
|
|
* These functions are also used for sum(int2) and sum(int4) when
|
|
* operating in moving-aggregate mode, since for correct inverse transitions
|
|
* we need to count the inputs.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
typedef struct Int8TransTypeData
|
|
{
|
|
int64 count;
|
|
int64 sum;
|
|
} Int8TransTypeData;
|
|
|
|
Datum
|
|
int2_avg_accum(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
|
|
{
|
|
ArrayType *transarray;
|
|
int16 newval = PG_GETARG_INT16(1);
|
|
Int8TransTypeData *transdata;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If we're invoked as an aggregate, we can cheat and modify our first
|
|
* parameter in-place to reduce palloc overhead. Otherwise we need to make
|
|
* a copy of it before scribbling on it.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (AggCheckCallContext(fcinfo, NULL))
|
|
transarray = PG_GETARG_ARRAYTYPE_P(0);
|
|
else
|
|
transarray = PG_GETARG_ARRAYTYPE_P_COPY(0);
|
|
|
|
if (ARR_HASNULL(transarray) ||
|
|
ARR_SIZE(transarray) != ARR_OVERHEAD_NONULLS(1) + sizeof(Int8TransTypeData))
|
|
elog(ERROR, "expected 2-element int8 array");
|
|
|
|
transdata = (Int8TransTypeData *) ARR_DATA_PTR(transarray);
|
|
transdata->count++;
|
|
transdata->sum += newval;
|
|
|
|
PG_RETURN_ARRAYTYPE_P(transarray);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Datum
|
|
int4_avg_accum(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
|
|
{
|
|
ArrayType *transarray;
|
|
int32 newval = PG_GETARG_INT32(1);
|
|
Int8TransTypeData *transdata;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If we're invoked as an aggregate, we can cheat and modify our first
|
|
* parameter in-place to reduce palloc overhead. Otherwise we need to make
|
|
* a copy of it before scribbling on it.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (AggCheckCallContext(fcinfo, NULL))
|
|
transarray = PG_GETARG_ARRAYTYPE_P(0);
|
|
else
|
|
transarray = PG_GETARG_ARRAYTYPE_P_COPY(0);
|
|
|
|
if (ARR_HASNULL(transarray) ||
|
|
ARR_SIZE(transarray) != ARR_OVERHEAD_NONULLS(1) + sizeof(Int8TransTypeData))
|
|
elog(ERROR, "expected 2-element int8 array");
|
|
|
|
transdata = (Int8TransTypeData *) ARR_DATA_PTR(transarray);
|
|
transdata->count++;
|
|
transdata->sum += newval;
|
|
|
|
PG_RETURN_ARRAYTYPE_P(transarray);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Datum
|
|
int4_avg_combine(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
|
|
{
|
|
ArrayType *transarray1;
|
|
ArrayType *transarray2;
|
|
Int8TransTypeData *state1;
|
|
Int8TransTypeData *state2;
|
|
|
|
if (!AggCheckCallContext(fcinfo, NULL))
|
|
elog(ERROR, "aggregate function called in non-aggregate context");
|
|
|
|
transarray1 = PG_GETARG_ARRAYTYPE_P(0);
|
|
transarray2 = PG_GETARG_ARRAYTYPE_P(1);
|
|
|
|
if (ARR_HASNULL(transarray1) ||
|
|
ARR_SIZE(transarray1) != ARR_OVERHEAD_NONULLS(1) + sizeof(Int8TransTypeData))
|
|
elog(ERROR, "expected 2-element int8 array");
|
|
|
|
if (ARR_HASNULL(transarray2) ||
|
|
ARR_SIZE(transarray2) != ARR_OVERHEAD_NONULLS(1) + sizeof(Int8TransTypeData))
|
|
elog(ERROR, "expected 2-element int8 array");
|
|
|
|
state1 = (Int8TransTypeData *) ARR_DATA_PTR(transarray1);
|
|
state2 = (Int8TransTypeData *) ARR_DATA_PTR(transarray2);
|
|
|
|
state1->count += state2->count;
|
|
state1->sum += state2->sum;
|
|
|
|
PG_RETURN_ARRAYTYPE_P(transarray1);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Datum
|
|
int2_avg_accum_inv(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
|
|
{
|
|
ArrayType *transarray;
|
|
int16 newval = PG_GETARG_INT16(1);
|
|
Int8TransTypeData *transdata;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If we're invoked as an aggregate, we can cheat and modify our first
|
|
* parameter in-place to reduce palloc overhead. Otherwise we need to make
|
|
* a copy of it before scribbling on it.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (AggCheckCallContext(fcinfo, NULL))
|
|
transarray = PG_GETARG_ARRAYTYPE_P(0);
|
|
else
|
|
transarray = PG_GETARG_ARRAYTYPE_P_COPY(0);
|
|
|
|
if (ARR_HASNULL(transarray) ||
|
|
ARR_SIZE(transarray) != ARR_OVERHEAD_NONULLS(1) + sizeof(Int8TransTypeData))
|
|
elog(ERROR, "expected 2-element int8 array");
|
|
|
|
transdata = (Int8TransTypeData *) ARR_DATA_PTR(transarray);
|
|
transdata->count--;
|
|
transdata->sum -= newval;
|
|
|
|
PG_RETURN_ARRAYTYPE_P(transarray);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Datum
|
|
int4_avg_accum_inv(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
|
|
{
|
|
ArrayType *transarray;
|
|
int32 newval = PG_GETARG_INT32(1);
|
|
Int8TransTypeData *transdata;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If we're invoked as an aggregate, we can cheat and modify our first
|
|
* parameter in-place to reduce palloc overhead. Otherwise we need to make
|
|
* a copy of it before scribbling on it.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (AggCheckCallContext(fcinfo, NULL))
|
|
transarray = PG_GETARG_ARRAYTYPE_P(0);
|
|
else
|
|
transarray = PG_GETARG_ARRAYTYPE_P_COPY(0);
|
|
|
|
if (ARR_HASNULL(transarray) ||
|
|
ARR_SIZE(transarray) != ARR_OVERHEAD_NONULLS(1) + sizeof(Int8TransTypeData))
|
|
elog(ERROR, "expected 2-element int8 array");
|
|
|
|
transdata = (Int8TransTypeData *) ARR_DATA_PTR(transarray);
|
|
transdata->count--;
|
|
transdata->sum -= newval;
|
|
|
|
PG_RETURN_ARRAYTYPE_P(transarray);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Datum
|
|
int8_avg(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
|
|
{
|
|
ArrayType *transarray = PG_GETARG_ARRAYTYPE_P(0);
|
|
Int8TransTypeData *transdata;
|
|
Datum countd,
|
|
sumd;
|
|
|
|
if (ARR_HASNULL(transarray) ||
|
|
ARR_SIZE(transarray) != ARR_OVERHEAD_NONULLS(1) + sizeof(Int8TransTypeData))
|
|
elog(ERROR, "expected 2-element int8 array");
|
|
transdata = (Int8TransTypeData *) ARR_DATA_PTR(transarray);
|
|
|
|
/* SQL defines AVG of no values to be NULL */
|
|
if (transdata->count == 0)
|
|
PG_RETURN_NULL();
|
|
|
|
countd = DirectFunctionCall1(int8_numeric,
|
|
Int64GetDatumFast(transdata->count));
|
|
sumd = DirectFunctionCall1(int8_numeric,
|
|
Int64GetDatumFast(transdata->sum));
|
|
|
|
PG_RETURN_DATUM(DirectFunctionCall2(numeric_div, sumd, countd));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* SUM(int2) and SUM(int4) both return int8, so we can use this
|
|
* final function for both.
|
|
*/
|
|
Datum
|
|
int2int4_sum(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
|
|
{
|
|
ArrayType *transarray = PG_GETARG_ARRAYTYPE_P(0);
|
|
Int8TransTypeData *transdata;
|
|
|
|
if (ARR_HASNULL(transarray) ||
|
|
ARR_SIZE(transarray) != ARR_OVERHEAD_NONULLS(1) + sizeof(Int8TransTypeData))
|
|
elog(ERROR, "expected 2-element int8 array");
|
|
transdata = (Int8TransTypeData *) ARR_DATA_PTR(transarray);
|
|
|
|
/* SQL defines SUM of no values to be NULL */
|
|
if (transdata->count == 0)
|
|
PG_RETURN_NULL();
|
|
|
|
PG_RETURN_DATUM(Int64GetDatumFast(transdata->sum));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
*
|
|
* Debug support
|
|
*
|
|
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
#ifdef NUMERIC_DEBUG
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* dump_numeric() - Dump a value in the db storage format for debugging
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
dump_numeric(const char *str, Numeric num)
|
|
{
|
|
NumericDigit *digits = NUMERIC_DIGITS(num);
|
|
int ndigits;
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
ndigits = NUMERIC_NDIGITS(num);
|
|
|
|
printf("%s: NUMERIC w=%d d=%d ", str,
|
|
NUMERIC_WEIGHT(num), NUMERIC_DSCALE(num));
|
|
switch (NUMERIC_SIGN(num))
|
|
{
|
|
case NUMERIC_POS:
|
|
printf("POS");
|
|
break;
|
|
case NUMERIC_NEG:
|
|
printf("NEG");
|
|
break;
|
|
case NUMERIC_NAN:
|
|
printf("NaN");
|
|
break;
|
|
default:
|
|
printf("SIGN=0x%x", NUMERIC_SIGN(num));
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < ndigits; i++)
|
|
printf(" %0*d", DEC_DIGITS, digits[i]);
|
|
printf("\n");
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* dump_var() - Dump a value in the variable format for debugging
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
dump_var(const char *str, NumericVar *var)
|
|
{
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
printf("%s: VAR w=%d d=%d ", str, var->weight, var->dscale);
|
|
switch (var->sign)
|
|
{
|
|
case NUMERIC_POS:
|
|
printf("POS");
|
|
break;
|
|
case NUMERIC_NEG:
|
|
printf("NEG");
|
|
break;
|
|
case NUMERIC_NAN:
|
|
printf("NaN");
|
|
break;
|
|
default:
|
|
printf("SIGN=0x%x", var->sign);
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < var->ndigits; i++)
|
|
printf(" %0*d", DEC_DIGITS, var->digits[i]);
|
|
|
|
printf("\n");
|
|
}
|
|
#endif /* NUMERIC_DEBUG */
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
*
|
|
* Local functions follow
|
|
*
|
|
* In general, these do not support NaNs --- callers must eliminate
|
|
* the possibility of NaN first. (make_result() is an exception.)
|
|
*
|
|
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* alloc_var() -
|
|
*
|
|
* Allocate a digit buffer of ndigits digits (plus a spare digit for rounding)
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
alloc_var(NumericVar *var, int ndigits)
|
|
{
|
|
digitbuf_free(var->buf);
|
|
var->buf = digitbuf_alloc(ndigits + 1);
|
|
var->buf[0] = 0; /* spare digit for rounding */
|
|
var->digits = var->buf + 1;
|
|
var->ndigits = ndigits;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* free_var() -
|
|
*
|
|
* Return the digit buffer of a variable to the free pool
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
free_var(NumericVar *var)
|
|
{
|
|
digitbuf_free(var->buf);
|
|
var->buf = NULL;
|
|
var->digits = NULL;
|
|
var->sign = NUMERIC_NAN;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* zero_var() -
|
|
*
|
|
* Set a variable to ZERO.
|
|
* Note: its dscale is not touched.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
zero_var(NumericVar *var)
|
|
{
|
|
digitbuf_free(var->buf);
|
|
var->buf = NULL;
|
|
var->digits = NULL;
|
|
var->ndigits = 0;
|
|
var->weight = 0; /* by convention; doesn't really matter */
|
|
var->sign = NUMERIC_POS; /* anything but NAN... */
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* set_var_from_str()
|
|
*
|
|
* Parse a string and put the number into a variable
|
|
*
|
|
* This function does not handle leading or trailing spaces, and it doesn't
|
|
* accept "NaN" either. It returns the end+1 position so that caller can
|
|
* check for trailing spaces/garbage if deemed necessary.
|
|
*
|
|
* cp is the place to actually start parsing; str is what to use in error
|
|
* reports. (Typically cp would be the same except advanced over spaces.)
|
|
*/
|
|
static const char *
|
|
set_var_from_str(const char *str, const char *cp, NumericVar *dest)
|
|
{
|
|
bool have_dp = FALSE;
|
|
int i;
|
|
unsigned char *decdigits;
|
|
int sign = NUMERIC_POS;
|
|
int dweight = -1;
|
|
int ddigits;
|
|
int dscale = 0;
|
|
int weight;
|
|
int ndigits;
|
|
int offset;
|
|
NumericDigit *digits;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* We first parse the string to extract decimal digits and determine the
|
|
* correct decimal weight. Then convert to NBASE representation.
|
|
*/
|
|
switch (*cp)
|
|
{
|
|
case '+':
|
|
sign = NUMERIC_POS;
|
|
cp++;
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case '-':
|
|
sign = NUMERIC_NEG;
|
|
cp++;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (*cp == '.')
|
|
{
|
|
have_dp = TRUE;
|
|
cp++;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!isdigit((unsigned char) *cp))
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TEXT_REPRESENTATION),
|
|
errmsg("invalid input syntax for type numeric: \"%s\"", str)));
|
|
|
|
decdigits = (unsigned char *) palloc(strlen(cp) + DEC_DIGITS * 2);
|
|
|
|
/* leading padding for digit alignment later */
|
|
memset(decdigits, 0, DEC_DIGITS);
|
|
i = DEC_DIGITS;
|
|
|
|
while (*cp)
|
|
{
|
|
if (isdigit((unsigned char) *cp))
|
|
{
|
|
decdigits[i++] = *cp++ - '0';
|
|
if (!have_dp)
|
|
dweight++;
|
|
else
|
|
dscale++;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (*cp == '.')
|
|
{
|
|
if (have_dp)
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TEXT_REPRESENTATION),
|
|
errmsg("invalid input syntax for type numeric: \"%s\"",
|
|
str)));
|
|
have_dp = TRUE;
|
|
cp++;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
ddigits = i - DEC_DIGITS;
|
|
/* trailing padding for digit alignment later */
|
|
memset(decdigits + i, 0, DEC_DIGITS - 1);
|
|
|
|
/* Handle exponent, if any */
|
|
if (*cp == 'e' || *cp == 'E')
|
|
{
|
|
long exponent;
|
|
char *endptr;
|
|
|
|
cp++;
|
|
exponent = strtol(cp, &endptr, 10);
|
|
if (endptr == cp)
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TEXT_REPRESENTATION),
|
|
errmsg("invalid input syntax for type numeric: \"%s\"",
|
|
str)));
|
|
cp = endptr;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* At this point, dweight and dscale can't be more than about
|
|
* INT_MAX/2 due to the MaxAllocSize limit on string length, so
|
|
* constraining the exponent similarly should be enough to prevent
|
|
* integer overflow in this function. If the value is too large to
|
|
* fit in storage format, make_result() will complain about it later;
|
|
* for consistency use the same ereport errcode/text as make_result().
|
|
*/
|
|
if (exponent >= INT_MAX / 2 || exponent <= -(INT_MAX / 2))
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_NUMERIC_VALUE_OUT_OF_RANGE),
|
|
errmsg("value overflows numeric format")));
|
|
dweight += (int) exponent;
|
|
dscale -= (int) exponent;
|
|
if (dscale < 0)
|
|
dscale = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Okay, convert pure-decimal representation to base NBASE. First we need
|
|
* to determine the converted weight and ndigits. offset is the number of
|
|
* decimal zeroes to insert before the first given digit to have a
|
|
* correctly aligned first NBASE digit.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (dweight >= 0)
|
|
weight = (dweight + 1 + DEC_DIGITS - 1) / DEC_DIGITS - 1;
|
|
else
|
|
weight = -((-dweight - 1) / DEC_DIGITS + 1);
|
|
offset = (weight + 1) * DEC_DIGITS - (dweight + 1);
|
|
ndigits = (ddigits + offset + DEC_DIGITS - 1) / DEC_DIGITS;
|
|
|
|
alloc_var(dest, ndigits);
|
|
dest->sign = sign;
|
|
dest->weight = weight;
|
|
dest->dscale = dscale;
|
|
|
|
i = DEC_DIGITS - offset;
|
|
digits = dest->digits;
|
|
|
|
while (ndigits-- > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
#if DEC_DIGITS == 4
|
|
*digits++ = ((decdigits[i] * 10 + decdigits[i + 1]) * 10 +
|
|
decdigits[i + 2]) * 10 + decdigits[i + 3];
|
|
#elif DEC_DIGITS == 2
|
|
*digits++ = decdigits[i] * 10 + decdigits[i + 1];
|
|
#elif DEC_DIGITS == 1
|
|
*digits++ = decdigits[i];
|
|
#else
|
|
#error unsupported NBASE
|
|
#endif
|
|
i += DEC_DIGITS;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
pfree(decdigits);
|
|
|
|
/* Strip any leading/trailing zeroes, and normalize weight if zero */
|
|
strip_var(dest);
|
|
|
|
/* Return end+1 position for caller */
|
|
return cp;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* set_var_from_num() -
|
|
*
|
|
* Convert the packed db format into a variable
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
set_var_from_num(Numeric num, NumericVar *dest)
|
|
{
|
|
int ndigits;
|
|
|
|
ndigits = NUMERIC_NDIGITS(num);
|
|
|
|
alloc_var(dest, ndigits);
|
|
|
|
dest->weight = NUMERIC_WEIGHT(num);
|
|
dest->sign = NUMERIC_SIGN(num);
|
|
dest->dscale = NUMERIC_DSCALE(num);
|
|
|
|
memcpy(dest->digits, NUMERIC_DIGITS(num), ndigits * sizeof(NumericDigit));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* init_var_from_num() -
|
|
*
|
|
* Initialize a variable from packed db format. The digits array is not
|
|
* copied, which saves some cycles when the resulting var is not modified.
|
|
* Also, there's no need to call free_var(), as long as you don't assign any
|
|
* other value to it (with set_var_* functions, or by using the var as the
|
|
* destination of a function like add_var())
|
|
*
|
|
* CAUTION: Do not modify the digits buffer of a var initialized with this
|
|
* function, e.g by calling round_var() or trunc_var(), as the changes will
|
|
* propagate to the original Numeric! It's OK to use it as the destination
|
|
* argument of one of the calculational functions, though.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
init_var_from_num(Numeric num, NumericVar *dest)
|
|
{
|
|
dest->ndigits = NUMERIC_NDIGITS(num);
|
|
dest->weight = NUMERIC_WEIGHT(num);
|
|
dest->sign = NUMERIC_SIGN(num);
|
|
dest->dscale = NUMERIC_DSCALE(num);
|
|
dest->digits = NUMERIC_DIGITS(num);
|
|
dest->buf = NULL; /* digits array is not palloc'd */
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* set_var_from_var() -
|
|
*
|
|
* Copy one variable into another
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
set_var_from_var(NumericVar *value, NumericVar *dest)
|
|
{
|
|
NumericDigit *newbuf;
|
|
|
|
newbuf = digitbuf_alloc(value->ndigits + 1);
|
|
newbuf[0] = 0; /* spare digit for rounding */
|
|
if (value->ndigits > 0) /* else value->digits might be null */
|
|
memcpy(newbuf + 1, value->digits,
|
|
value->ndigits * sizeof(NumericDigit));
|
|
|
|
digitbuf_free(dest->buf);
|
|
|
|
memmove(dest, value, sizeof(NumericVar));
|
|
dest->buf = newbuf;
|
|
dest->digits = newbuf + 1;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* get_str_from_var() -
|
|
*
|
|
* Convert a var to text representation (guts of numeric_out).
|
|
* The var is displayed to the number of digits indicated by its dscale.
|
|
* Returns a palloc'd string.
|
|
*/
|
|
static char *
|
|
get_str_from_var(NumericVar *var)
|
|
{
|
|
int dscale;
|
|
char *str;
|
|
char *cp;
|
|
char *endcp;
|
|
int i;
|
|
int d;
|
|
NumericDigit dig;
|
|
|
|
#if DEC_DIGITS > 1
|
|
NumericDigit d1;
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
dscale = var->dscale;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Allocate space for the result.
|
|
*
|
|
* i is set to the # of decimal digits before decimal point. dscale is the
|
|
* # of decimal digits we will print after decimal point. We may generate
|
|
* as many as DEC_DIGITS-1 excess digits at the end, and in addition we
|
|
* need room for sign, decimal point, null terminator.
|
|
*/
|
|
i = (var->weight + 1) * DEC_DIGITS;
|
|
if (i <= 0)
|
|
i = 1;
|
|
|
|
str = palloc(i + dscale + DEC_DIGITS + 2);
|
|
cp = str;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Output a dash for negative values
|
|
*/
|
|
if (var->sign == NUMERIC_NEG)
|
|
*cp++ = '-';
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Output all digits before the decimal point
|
|
*/
|
|
if (var->weight < 0)
|
|
{
|
|
d = var->weight + 1;
|
|
*cp++ = '0';
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
for (d = 0; d <= var->weight; d++)
|
|
{
|
|
dig = (d < var->ndigits) ? var->digits[d] : 0;
|
|
/* In the first digit, suppress extra leading decimal zeroes */
|
|
#if DEC_DIGITS == 4
|
|
{
|
|
bool putit = (d > 0);
|
|
|
|
d1 = dig / 1000;
|
|
dig -= d1 * 1000;
|
|
putit |= (d1 > 0);
|
|
if (putit)
|
|
*cp++ = d1 + '0';
|
|
d1 = dig / 100;
|
|
dig -= d1 * 100;
|
|
putit |= (d1 > 0);
|
|
if (putit)
|
|
*cp++ = d1 + '0';
|
|
d1 = dig / 10;
|
|
dig -= d1 * 10;
|
|
putit |= (d1 > 0);
|
|
if (putit)
|
|
*cp++ = d1 + '0';
|
|
*cp++ = dig + '0';
|
|
}
|
|
#elif DEC_DIGITS == 2
|
|
d1 = dig / 10;
|
|
dig -= d1 * 10;
|
|
if (d1 > 0 || d > 0)
|
|
*cp++ = d1 + '0';
|
|
*cp++ = dig + '0';
|
|
#elif DEC_DIGITS == 1
|
|
*cp++ = dig + '0';
|
|
#else
|
|
#error unsupported NBASE
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If requested, output a decimal point and all the digits that follow it.
|
|
* We initially put out a multiple of DEC_DIGITS digits, then truncate if
|
|
* needed.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (dscale > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
*cp++ = '.';
|
|
endcp = cp + dscale;
|
|
for (i = 0; i < dscale; d++, i += DEC_DIGITS)
|
|
{
|
|
dig = (d >= 0 && d < var->ndigits) ? var->digits[d] : 0;
|
|
#if DEC_DIGITS == 4
|
|
d1 = dig / 1000;
|
|
dig -= d1 * 1000;
|
|
*cp++ = d1 + '0';
|
|
d1 = dig / 100;
|
|
dig -= d1 * 100;
|
|
*cp++ = d1 + '0';
|
|
d1 = dig / 10;
|
|
dig -= d1 * 10;
|
|
*cp++ = d1 + '0';
|
|
*cp++ = dig + '0';
|
|
#elif DEC_DIGITS == 2
|
|
d1 = dig / 10;
|
|
dig -= d1 * 10;
|
|
*cp++ = d1 + '0';
|
|
*cp++ = dig + '0';
|
|
#elif DEC_DIGITS == 1
|
|
*cp++ = dig + '0';
|
|
#else
|
|
#error unsupported NBASE
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
cp = endcp;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* terminate the string and return it
|
|
*/
|
|
*cp = '\0';
|
|
return str;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* get_str_from_var_sci() -
|
|
*
|
|
* Convert a var to a normalised scientific notation text representation.
|
|
* This function does the heavy lifting for numeric_out_sci().
|
|
*
|
|
* This notation has the general form a * 10^b, where a is known as the
|
|
* "significand" and b is known as the "exponent".
|
|
*
|
|
* Because we can't do superscript in ASCII (and because we want to copy
|
|
* printf's behaviour) we display the exponent using E notation, with a
|
|
* minimum of two exponent digits.
|
|
*
|
|
* For example, the value 1234 could be output as 1.2e+03.
|
|
*
|
|
* We assume that the exponent can fit into an int32.
|
|
*
|
|
* rscale is the number of decimal digits desired after the decimal point in
|
|
* the output, negative values will be treated as meaning zero.
|
|
*
|
|
* Returns a palloc'd string.
|
|
*/
|
|
static char *
|
|
get_str_from_var_sci(NumericVar *var, int rscale)
|
|
{
|
|
int32 exponent;
|
|
NumericVar denominator;
|
|
NumericVar significand;
|
|
int denom_scale;
|
|
size_t len;
|
|
char *str;
|
|
char *sig_out;
|
|
|
|
if (rscale < 0)
|
|
rscale = 0;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Determine the exponent of this number in normalised form.
|
|
*
|
|
* This is the exponent required to represent the number with only one
|
|
* significant digit before the decimal place.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (var->ndigits > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
exponent = (var->weight + 1) * DEC_DIGITS;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Compensate for leading decimal zeroes in the first numeric digit by
|
|
* decrementing the exponent.
|
|
*/
|
|
exponent -= DEC_DIGITS - (int) log10(var->digits[0]);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* If var has no digits, then it must be zero.
|
|
*
|
|
* Zero doesn't technically have a meaningful exponent in normalised
|
|
* notation, but we just display the exponent as zero for consistency
|
|
* of output.
|
|
*/
|
|
exponent = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* The denominator is set to 10 raised to the power of the exponent.
|
|
*
|
|
* We then divide var by the denominator to get the significand, rounding
|
|
* to rscale decimal digits in the process.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (exponent < 0)
|
|
denom_scale = -exponent;
|
|
else
|
|
denom_scale = 0;
|
|
|
|
init_var(&denominator);
|
|
init_var(&significand);
|
|
|
|
power_var_int(&const_ten, exponent, &denominator, denom_scale);
|
|
div_var(var, &denominator, &significand, rscale, true);
|
|
sig_out = get_str_from_var(&significand);
|
|
|
|
free_var(&denominator);
|
|
free_var(&significand);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Allocate space for the result.
|
|
*
|
|
* In addition to the significand, we need room for the exponent
|
|
* decoration ("e"), the sign of the exponent, up to 10 digits for the
|
|
* exponent itself, and of course the null terminator.
|
|
*/
|
|
len = strlen(sig_out) + 13;
|
|
str = palloc(len);
|
|
snprintf(str, len, "%se%+03d", sig_out, exponent);
|
|
|
|
pfree(sig_out);
|
|
|
|
return str;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* make_result() -
|
|
*
|
|
* Create the packed db numeric format in palloc()'d memory from
|
|
* a variable.
|
|
*/
|
|
static Numeric
|
|
make_result(NumericVar *var)
|
|
{
|
|
Numeric result;
|
|
NumericDigit *digits = var->digits;
|
|
int weight = var->weight;
|
|
int sign = var->sign;
|
|
int n;
|
|
Size len;
|
|
|
|
if (sign == NUMERIC_NAN)
|
|
{
|
|
result = (Numeric) palloc(NUMERIC_HDRSZ_SHORT);
|
|
|
|
SET_VARSIZE(result, NUMERIC_HDRSZ_SHORT);
|
|
result->choice.n_header = NUMERIC_NAN;
|
|
/* the header word is all we need */
|
|
|
|
dump_numeric("make_result()", result);
|
|
return result;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
n = var->ndigits;
|
|
|
|
/* truncate leading zeroes */
|
|
while (n > 0 && *digits == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
digits++;
|
|
weight--;
|
|
n--;
|
|
}
|
|
/* truncate trailing zeroes */
|
|
while (n > 0 && digits[n - 1] == 0)
|
|
n--;
|
|
|
|
/* If zero result, force to weight=0 and positive sign */
|
|
if (n == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
weight = 0;
|
|
sign = NUMERIC_POS;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Build the result */
|
|
if (NUMERIC_CAN_BE_SHORT(var->dscale, weight))
|
|
{
|
|
len = NUMERIC_HDRSZ_SHORT + n * sizeof(NumericDigit);
|
|
result = (Numeric) palloc(len);
|
|
SET_VARSIZE(result, len);
|
|
result->choice.n_short.n_header =
|
|
(sign == NUMERIC_NEG ? (NUMERIC_SHORT | NUMERIC_SHORT_SIGN_MASK)
|
|
: NUMERIC_SHORT)
|
|
| (var->dscale << NUMERIC_SHORT_DSCALE_SHIFT)
|
|
| (weight < 0 ? NUMERIC_SHORT_WEIGHT_SIGN_MASK : 0)
|
|
| (weight & NUMERIC_SHORT_WEIGHT_MASK);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
len = NUMERIC_HDRSZ + n * sizeof(NumericDigit);
|
|
result = (Numeric) palloc(len);
|
|
SET_VARSIZE(result, len);
|
|
result->choice.n_long.n_sign_dscale =
|
|
sign | (var->dscale & NUMERIC_DSCALE_MASK);
|
|
result->choice.n_long.n_weight = weight;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Assert(NUMERIC_NDIGITS(result) == n);
|
|
if (n > 0)
|
|
memcpy(NUMERIC_DIGITS(result), digits, n * sizeof(NumericDigit));
|
|
|
|
/* Check for overflow of int16 fields */
|
|
if (NUMERIC_WEIGHT(result) != weight ||
|
|
NUMERIC_DSCALE(result) != var->dscale)
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_NUMERIC_VALUE_OUT_OF_RANGE),
|
|
errmsg("value overflows numeric format")));
|
|
|
|
dump_numeric("make_result()", result);
|
|
return result;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* apply_typmod() -
|
|
*
|
|
* Do bounds checking and rounding according to the attributes
|
|
* typmod field.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
apply_typmod(NumericVar *var, int32 typmod)
|
|
{
|
|
int precision;
|
|
int scale;
|
|
int maxdigits;
|
|
int ddigits;
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
/* Do nothing if we have a default typmod (-1) */
|
|
if (typmod < (int32) (VARHDRSZ))
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
typmod -= VARHDRSZ;
|
|
precision = (typmod >> 16) & 0xffff;
|
|
scale = typmod & 0xffff;
|
|
maxdigits = precision - scale;
|
|
|
|
/* Round to target scale (and set var->dscale) */
|
|
round_var(var, scale);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Check for overflow - note we can't do this before rounding, because
|
|
* rounding could raise the weight. Also note that the var's weight could
|
|
* be inflated by leading zeroes, which will be stripped before storage
|
|
* but perhaps might not have been yet. In any case, we must recognize a
|
|
* true zero, whose weight doesn't mean anything.
|
|
*/
|
|
ddigits = (var->weight + 1) * DEC_DIGITS;
|
|
if (ddigits > maxdigits)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Determine true weight; and check for all-zero result */
|
|
for (i = 0; i < var->ndigits; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
NumericDigit dig = var->digits[i];
|
|
|
|
if (dig)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Adjust for any high-order decimal zero digits */
|
|
#if DEC_DIGITS == 4
|
|
if (dig < 10)
|
|
ddigits -= 3;
|
|
else if (dig < 100)
|
|
ddigits -= 2;
|
|
else if (dig < 1000)
|
|
ddigits -= 1;
|
|
#elif DEC_DIGITS == 2
|
|
if (dig < 10)
|
|
ddigits -= 1;
|
|
#elif DEC_DIGITS == 1
|
|
/* no adjustment */
|
|
#else
|
|
#error unsupported NBASE
|
|
#endif
|
|
if (ddigits > maxdigits)
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_NUMERIC_VALUE_OUT_OF_RANGE),
|
|
errmsg("numeric field overflow"),
|
|
errdetail("A field with precision %d, scale %d must round to an absolute value less than %s%d.",
|
|
precision, scale,
|
|
/* Display 10^0 as 1 */
|
|
maxdigits ? "10^" : "",
|
|
maxdigits ? maxdigits : 1
|
|
)));
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
ddigits -= DEC_DIGITS;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Convert numeric to int8, rounding if needed.
|
|
*
|
|
* If overflow, return FALSE (no error is raised). Return TRUE if okay.
|
|
*/
|
|
static bool
|
|
numericvar_to_int64(NumericVar *var, int64 *result)
|
|
{
|
|
NumericDigit *digits;
|
|
int ndigits;
|
|
int weight;
|
|
int i;
|
|
int64 val,
|
|
oldval;
|
|
bool neg;
|
|
NumericVar rounded;
|
|
|
|
/* Round to nearest integer */
|
|
init_var(&rounded);
|
|
set_var_from_var(var, &rounded);
|
|
round_var(&rounded, 0);
|
|
|
|
/* Check for zero input */
|
|
strip_var(&rounded);
|
|
ndigits = rounded.ndigits;
|
|
if (ndigits == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
*result = 0;
|
|
free_var(&rounded);
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* For input like 10000000000, we must treat stripped digits as real. So
|
|
* the loop assumes there are weight+1 digits before the decimal point.
|
|
*/
|
|
weight = rounded.weight;
|
|
Assert(weight >= 0 && ndigits <= weight + 1);
|
|
|
|
/* Construct the result */
|
|
digits = rounded.digits;
|
|
neg = (rounded.sign == NUMERIC_NEG);
|
|
val = digits[0];
|
|
for (i = 1; i <= weight; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
oldval = val;
|
|
val *= NBASE;
|
|
if (i < ndigits)
|
|
val += digits[i];
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* The overflow check is a bit tricky because we want to accept
|
|
* INT64_MIN, which will overflow the positive accumulator. We can
|
|
* detect this case easily though because INT64_MIN is the only
|
|
* nonzero value for which -val == val (on a two's complement machine,
|
|
* anyway).
|
|
*/
|
|
if ((val / NBASE) != oldval) /* possible overflow? */
|
|
{
|
|
if (!neg || (-val) != val || val == 0 || oldval < 0)
|
|
{
|
|
free_var(&rounded);
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
free_var(&rounded);
|
|
|
|
*result = neg ? -val : val;
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Convert int8 value to numeric.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
int64_to_numericvar(int64 val, NumericVar *var)
|
|
{
|
|
uint64 uval,
|
|
newuval;
|
|
NumericDigit *ptr;
|
|
int ndigits;
|
|
|
|
/* int64 can require at most 19 decimal digits; add one for safety */
|
|
alloc_var(var, 20 / DEC_DIGITS);
|
|
if (val < 0)
|
|
{
|
|
var->sign = NUMERIC_NEG;
|
|
uval = -val;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
var->sign = NUMERIC_POS;
|
|
uval = val;
|
|
}
|
|
var->dscale = 0;
|
|
if (val == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
var->ndigits = 0;
|
|
var->weight = 0;
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
ptr = var->digits + var->ndigits;
|
|
ndigits = 0;
|
|
do
|
|
{
|
|
ptr--;
|
|
ndigits++;
|
|
newuval = uval / NBASE;
|
|
*ptr = uval - newuval * NBASE;
|
|
uval = newuval;
|
|
} while (uval);
|
|
var->digits = ptr;
|
|
var->ndigits = ndigits;
|
|
var->weight = ndigits - 1;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#ifdef HAVE_INT128
|
|
/*
|
|
* Convert numeric to int128, rounding if needed.
|
|
*
|
|
* If overflow, return FALSE (no error is raised). Return TRUE if okay.
|
|
*/
|
|
static bool
|
|
numericvar_to_int128(NumericVar *var, int128 *result)
|
|
{
|
|
NumericDigit *digits;
|
|
int ndigits;
|
|
int weight;
|
|
int i;
|
|
int128 val,
|
|
oldval;
|
|
bool neg;
|
|
NumericVar rounded;
|
|
|
|
/* Round to nearest integer */
|
|
init_var(&rounded);
|
|
set_var_from_var(var, &rounded);
|
|
round_var(&rounded, 0);
|
|
|
|
/* Check for zero input */
|
|
strip_var(&rounded);
|
|
ndigits = rounded.ndigits;
|
|
if (ndigits == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
*result = 0;
|
|
free_var(&rounded);
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* For input like 10000000000, we must treat stripped digits as real. So
|
|
* the loop assumes there are weight+1 digits before the decimal point.
|
|
*/
|
|
weight = rounded.weight;
|
|
Assert(weight >= 0 && ndigits <= weight + 1);
|
|
|
|
/* Construct the result */
|
|
digits = rounded.digits;
|
|
neg = (rounded.sign == NUMERIC_NEG);
|
|
val = digits[0];
|
|
for (i = 1; i <= weight; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
oldval = val;
|
|
val *= NBASE;
|
|
if (i < ndigits)
|
|
val += digits[i];
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* The overflow check is a bit tricky because we want to accept
|
|
* INT128_MIN, which will overflow the positive accumulator. We can
|
|
* detect this case easily though because INT128_MIN is the only
|
|
* nonzero value for which -val == val (on a two's complement machine,
|
|
* anyway).
|
|
*/
|
|
if ((val / NBASE) != oldval) /* possible overflow? */
|
|
{
|
|
if (!neg || (-val) != val || val == 0 || oldval < 0)
|
|
{
|
|
free_var(&rounded);
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
free_var(&rounded);
|
|
|
|
*result = neg ? -val : val;
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Convert 128 bit integer to numeric.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
int128_to_numericvar(int128 val, NumericVar *var)
|
|
{
|
|
uint128 uval,
|
|
newuval;
|
|
NumericDigit *ptr;
|
|
int ndigits;
|
|
|
|
/* int128 can require at most 39 decimal digits; add one for safety */
|
|
alloc_var(var, 40 / DEC_DIGITS);
|
|
if (val < 0)
|
|
{
|
|
var->sign = NUMERIC_NEG;
|
|
uval = -val;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
var->sign = NUMERIC_POS;
|
|
uval = val;
|
|
}
|
|
var->dscale = 0;
|
|
if (val == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
var->ndigits = 0;
|
|
var->weight = 0;
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
ptr = var->digits + var->ndigits;
|
|
ndigits = 0;
|
|
do
|
|
{
|
|
ptr--;
|
|
ndigits++;
|
|
newuval = uval / NBASE;
|
|
*ptr = uval - newuval * NBASE;
|
|
uval = newuval;
|
|
} while (uval);
|
|
var->digits = ptr;
|
|
var->ndigits = ndigits;
|
|
var->weight = ndigits - 1;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Convert numeric to float8; if out of range, return +/- HUGE_VAL
|
|
*/
|
|
static double
|
|
numeric_to_double_no_overflow(Numeric num)
|
|
{
|
|
char *tmp;
|
|
double val;
|
|
char *endptr;
|
|
|
|
tmp = DatumGetCString(DirectFunctionCall1(numeric_out,
|
|
NumericGetDatum(num)));
|
|
|
|
/* unlike float8in, we ignore ERANGE from strtod */
|
|
val = strtod(tmp, &endptr);
|
|
if (*endptr != '\0')
|
|
{
|
|
/* shouldn't happen ... */
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TEXT_REPRESENTATION),
|
|
errmsg("invalid input syntax for type double precision: \"%s\"",
|
|
tmp)));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
pfree(tmp);
|
|
|
|
return val;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* As above, but work from a NumericVar */
|
|
static double
|
|
numericvar_to_double_no_overflow(NumericVar *var)
|
|
{
|
|
char *tmp;
|
|
double val;
|
|
char *endptr;
|
|
|
|
tmp = get_str_from_var(var);
|
|
|
|
/* unlike float8in, we ignore ERANGE from strtod */
|
|
val = strtod(tmp, &endptr);
|
|
if (*endptr != '\0')
|
|
{
|
|
/* shouldn't happen ... */
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TEXT_REPRESENTATION),
|
|
errmsg("invalid input syntax for type double precision: \"%s\"",
|
|
tmp)));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
pfree(tmp);
|
|
|
|
return val;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* cmp_var() -
|
|
*
|
|
* Compare two values on variable level. We assume zeroes have been
|
|
* truncated to no digits.
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
cmp_var(NumericVar *var1, NumericVar *var2)
|
|
{
|
|
return cmp_var_common(var1->digits, var1->ndigits,
|
|
var1->weight, var1->sign,
|
|
var2->digits, var2->ndigits,
|
|
var2->weight, var2->sign);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* cmp_var_common() -
|
|
*
|
|
* Main routine of cmp_var(). This function can be used by both
|
|
* NumericVar and Numeric.
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
cmp_var_common(const NumericDigit *var1digits, int var1ndigits,
|
|
int var1weight, int var1sign,
|
|
const NumericDigit *var2digits, int var2ndigits,
|
|
int var2weight, int var2sign)
|
|
{
|
|
if (var1ndigits == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
if (var2ndigits == 0)
|
|
return 0;
|
|
if (var2sign == NUMERIC_NEG)
|
|
return 1;
|
|
return -1;
|
|
}
|
|
if (var2ndigits == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
if (var1sign == NUMERIC_POS)
|
|
return 1;
|
|
return -1;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (var1sign == NUMERIC_POS)
|
|
{
|
|
if (var2sign == NUMERIC_NEG)
|
|
return 1;
|
|
return cmp_abs_common(var1digits, var1ndigits, var1weight,
|
|
var2digits, var2ndigits, var2weight);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (var2sign == NUMERIC_POS)
|
|
return -1;
|
|
|
|
return cmp_abs_common(var2digits, var2ndigits, var2weight,
|
|
var1digits, var1ndigits, var1weight);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* add_var() -
|
|
*
|
|
* Full version of add functionality on variable level (handling signs).
|
|
* result might point to one of the operands too without danger.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
add_var(NumericVar *var1, NumericVar *var2, NumericVar *result)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* Decide on the signs of the two variables what to do
|
|
*/
|
|
if (var1->sign == NUMERIC_POS)
|
|
{
|
|
if (var2->sign == NUMERIC_POS)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* Both are positive result = +(ABS(var1) + ABS(var2))
|
|
*/
|
|
add_abs(var1, var2, result);
|
|
result->sign = NUMERIC_POS;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* var1 is positive, var2 is negative Must compare absolute values
|
|
*/
|
|
switch (cmp_abs(var1, var2))
|
|
{
|
|
case 0:
|
|
/* ----------
|
|
* ABS(var1) == ABS(var2)
|
|
* result = ZERO
|
|
* ----------
|
|
*/
|
|
zero_var(result);
|
|
result->dscale = Max(var1->dscale, var2->dscale);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case 1:
|
|
/* ----------
|
|
* ABS(var1) > ABS(var2)
|
|
* result = +(ABS(var1) - ABS(var2))
|
|
* ----------
|
|
*/
|
|
sub_abs(var1, var2, result);
|
|
result->sign = NUMERIC_POS;
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case -1:
|
|
/* ----------
|
|
* ABS(var1) < ABS(var2)
|
|
* result = -(ABS(var2) - ABS(var1))
|
|
* ----------
|
|
*/
|
|
sub_abs(var2, var1, result);
|
|
result->sign = NUMERIC_NEG;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
if (var2->sign == NUMERIC_POS)
|
|
{
|
|
/* ----------
|
|
* var1 is negative, var2 is positive
|
|
* Must compare absolute values
|
|
* ----------
|
|
*/
|
|
switch (cmp_abs(var1, var2))
|
|
{
|
|
case 0:
|
|
/* ----------
|
|
* ABS(var1) == ABS(var2)
|
|
* result = ZERO
|
|
* ----------
|
|
*/
|
|
zero_var(result);
|
|
result->dscale = Max(var1->dscale, var2->dscale);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case 1:
|
|
/* ----------
|
|
* ABS(var1) > ABS(var2)
|
|
* result = -(ABS(var1) - ABS(var2))
|
|
* ----------
|
|
*/
|
|
sub_abs(var1, var2, result);
|
|
result->sign = NUMERIC_NEG;
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case -1:
|
|
/* ----------
|
|
* ABS(var1) < ABS(var2)
|
|
* result = +(ABS(var2) - ABS(var1))
|
|
* ----------
|
|
*/
|
|
sub_abs(var2, var1, result);
|
|
result->sign = NUMERIC_POS;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/* ----------
|
|
* Both are negative
|
|
* result = -(ABS(var1) + ABS(var2))
|
|
* ----------
|
|
*/
|
|
add_abs(var1, var2, result);
|
|
result->sign = NUMERIC_NEG;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* sub_var() -
|
|
*
|
|
* Full version of sub functionality on variable level (handling signs).
|
|
* result might point to one of the operands too without danger.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
sub_var(NumericVar *var1, NumericVar *var2, NumericVar *result)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* Decide on the signs of the two variables what to do
|
|
*/
|
|
if (var1->sign == NUMERIC_POS)
|
|
{
|
|
if (var2->sign == NUMERIC_NEG)
|
|
{
|
|
/* ----------
|
|
* var1 is positive, var2 is negative
|
|
* result = +(ABS(var1) + ABS(var2))
|
|
* ----------
|
|
*/
|
|
add_abs(var1, var2, result);
|
|
result->sign = NUMERIC_POS;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/* ----------
|
|
* Both are positive
|
|
* Must compare absolute values
|
|
* ----------
|
|
*/
|
|
switch (cmp_abs(var1, var2))
|
|
{
|
|
case 0:
|
|
/* ----------
|
|
* ABS(var1) == ABS(var2)
|
|
* result = ZERO
|
|
* ----------
|
|
*/
|
|
zero_var(result);
|
|
result->dscale = Max(var1->dscale, var2->dscale);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case 1:
|
|
/* ----------
|
|
* ABS(var1) > ABS(var2)
|
|
* result = +(ABS(var1) - ABS(var2))
|
|
* ----------
|
|
*/
|
|
sub_abs(var1, var2, result);
|
|
result->sign = NUMERIC_POS;
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case -1:
|
|
/* ----------
|
|
* ABS(var1) < ABS(var2)
|
|
* result = -(ABS(var2) - ABS(var1))
|
|
* ----------
|
|
*/
|
|
sub_abs(var2, var1, result);
|
|
result->sign = NUMERIC_NEG;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
if (var2->sign == NUMERIC_NEG)
|
|
{
|
|
/* ----------
|
|
* Both are negative
|
|
* Must compare absolute values
|
|
* ----------
|
|
*/
|
|
switch (cmp_abs(var1, var2))
|
|
{
|
|
case 0:
|
|
/* ----------
|
|
* ABS(var1) == ABS(var2)
|
|
* result = ZERO
|
|
* ----------
|
|
*/
|
|
zero_var(result);
|
|
result->dscale = Max(var1->dscale, var2->dscale);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case 1:
|
|
/* ----------
|
|
* ABS(var1) > ABS(var2)
|
|
* result = -(ABS(var1) - ABS(var2))
|
|
* ----------
|
|
*/
|
|
sub_abs(var1, var2, result);
|
|
result->sign = NUMERIC_NEG;
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case -1:
|
|
/* ----------
|
|
* ABS(var1) < ABS(var2)
|
|
* result = +(ABS(var2) - ABS(var1))
|
|
* ----------
|
|
*/
|
|
sub_abs(var2, var1, result);
|
|
result->sign = NUMERIC_POS;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/* ----------
|
|
* var1 is negative, var2 is positive
|
|
* result = -(ABS(var1) + ABS(var2))
|
|
* ----------
|
|
*/
|
|
add_abs(var1, var2, result);
|
|
result->sign = NUMERIC_NEG;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* mul_var() -
|
|
*
|
|
* Multiplication on variable level. Product of var1 * var2 is stored
|
|
* in result. Result is rounded to no more than rscale fractional digits.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
mul_var(NumericVar *var1, NumericVar *var2, NumericVar *result,
|
|
int rscale)
|
|
{
|
|
int res_ndigits;
|
|
int res_sign;
|
|
int res_weight;
|
|
int maxdigits;
|
|
int *dig;
|
|
int carry;
|
|
int maxdig;
|
|
int newdig;
|
|
int var1ndigits;
|
|
int var2ndigits;
|
|
NumericDigit *var1digits;
|
|
NumericDigit *var2digits;
|
|
NumericDigit *res_digits;
|
|
int i,
|
|
i1,
|
|
i2;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Arrange for var1 to be the shorter of the two numbers. This improves
|
|
* performance because the inner multiplication loop is much simpler than
|
|
* the outer loop, so it's better to have a smaller number of iterations
|
|
* of the outer loop. This also reduces the number of times that the
|
|
* accumulator array needs to be normalized.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (var1->ndigits > var2->ndigits)
|
|
{
|
|
NumericVar *tmp = var1;
|
|
|
|
var1 = var2;
|
|
var2 = tmp;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* copy these values into local vars for speed in inner loop */
|
|
var1ndigits = var1->ndigits;
|
|
var2ndigits = var2->ndigits;
|
|
var1digits = var1->digits;
|
|
var2digits = var2->digits;
|
|
|
|
if (var1ndigits == 0 || var2ndigits == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
/* one or both inputs is zero; so is result */
|
|
zero_var(result);
|
|
result->dscale = rscale;
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Determine result sign and (maximum possible) weight */
|
|
if (var1->sign == var2->sign)
|
|
res_sign = NUMERIC_POS;
|
|
else
|
|
res_sign = NUMERIC_NEG;
|
|
res_weight = var1->weight + var2->weight + 2;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Determine the number of result digits to compute. If the exact result
|
|
* would have more than rscale fractional digits, truncate the computation
|
|
* with MUL_GUARD_DIGITS guard digits, i.e., ignore input digits that
|
|
* would only contribute to the right of that. (This will give the exact
|
|
* rounded-to-rscale answer unless carries out of the ignored positions
|
|
* would have propagated through more than MUL_GUARD_DIGITS digits.)
|
|
*
|
|
* Note: an exact computation could not produce more than var1ndigits +
|
|
* var2ndigits digits, but we allocate one extra output digit in case
|
|
* rscale-driven rounding produces a carry out of the highest exact digit.
|
|
*/
|
|
res_ndigits = var1ndigits + var2ndigits + 1;
|
|
maxdigits = res_weight + 1 + (rscale + DEC_DIGITS - 1) / DEC_DIGITS +
|
|
MUL_GUARD_DIGITS;
|
|
res_ndigits = Min(res_ndigits, maxdigits);
|
|
|
|
if (res_ndigits < 3)
|
|
{
|
|
/* All input digits will be ignored; so result is zero */
|
|
zero_var(result);
|
|
result->dscale = rscale;
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* We do the arithmetic in an array "dig[]" of signed int's. Since
|
|
* INT_MAX is noticeably larger than NBASE*NBASE, this gives us headroom
|
|
* to avoid normalizing carries immediately.
|
|
*
|
|
* maxdig tracks the maximum possible value of any dig[] entry; when this
|
|
* threatens to exceed INT_MAX, we take the time to propagate carries.
|
|
* Furthermore, we need to ensure that overflow doesn't occur during the
|
|
* carry propagation passes either. The carry values could be as much as
|
|
* INT_MAX/NBASE, so really we must normalize when digits threaten to
|
|
* exceed INT_MAX - INT_MAX/NBASE.
|
|
*
|
|
* To avoid overflow in maxdig itself, it actually represents the max
|
|
* possible value divided by NBASE-1, ie, at the top of the loop it is
|
|
* known that no dig[] entry exceeds maxdig * (NBASE-1).
|
|
*/
|
|
dig = (int *) palloc0(res_ndigits * sizeof(int));
|
|
maxdig = 0;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* The least significant digits of var1 should be ignored if they don't
|
|
* contribute directly to the first res_ndigits digits of the result that
|
|
* we are computing.
|
|
*
|
|
* Digit i1 of var1 and digit i2 of var2 are multiplied and added to digit
|
|
* i1+i2+2 of the accumulator array, so we need only consider digits of
|
|
* var1 for which i1 <= res_ndigits - 3.
|
|
*/
|
|
for (i1 = Min(var1ndigits - 1, res_ndigits - 3); i1 >= 0; i1--)
|
|
{
|
|
int var1digit = var1digits[i1];
|
|
|
|
if (var1digit == 0)
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
/* Time to normalize? */
|
|
maxdig += var1digit;
|
|
if (maxdig > (INT_MAX - INT_MAX / NBASE) / (NBASE - 1))
|
|
{
|
|
/* Yes, do it */
|
|
carry = 0;
|
|
for (i = res_ndigits - 1; i >= 0; i--)
|
|
{
|
|
newdig = dig[i] + carry;
|
|
if (newdig >= NBASE)
|
|
{
|
|
carry = newdig / NBASE;
|
|
newdig -= carry * NBASE;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
carry = 0;
|
|
dig[i] = newdig;
|
|
}
|
|
Assert(carry == 0);
|
|
/* Reset maxdig to indicate new worst-case */
|
|
maxdig = 1 + var1digit;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Add the appropriate multiple of var2 into the accumulator.
|
|
*
|
|
* As above, digits of var2 can be ignored if they don't contribute,
|
|
* so we only include digits for which i1+i2+2 <= res_ndigits - 1.
|
|
*/
|
|
for (i2 = Min(var2ndigits - 1, res_ndigits - i1 - 3), i = i1 + i2 + 2;
|
|
i2 >= 0; i2--)
|
|
dig[i--] += var1digit * var2digits[i2];
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Now we do a final carry propagation pass to normalize the result, which
|
|
* we combine with storing the result digits into the output. Note that
|
|
* this is still done at full precision w/guard digits.
|
|
*/
|
|
alloc_var(result, res_ndigits);
|
|
res_digits = result->digits;
|
|
carry = 0;
|
|
for (i = res_ndigits - 1; i >= 0; i--)
|
|
{
|
|
newdig = dig[i] + carry;
|
|
if (newdig >= NBASE)
|
|
{
|
|
carry = newdig / NBASE;
|
|
newdig -= carry * NBASE;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
carry = 0;
|
|
res_digits[i] = newdig;
|
|
}
|
|
Assert(carry == 0);
|
|
|
|
pfree(dig);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Finally, round the result to the requested precision.
|
|
*/
|
|
result->weight = res_weight;
|
|
result->sign = res_sign;
|
|
|
|
/* Round to target rscale (and set result->dscale) */
|
|
round_var(result, rscale);
|
|
|
|
/* Strip leading and trailing zeroes */
|
|
strip_var(result);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* div_var() -
|
|
*
|
|
* Division on variable level. Quotient of var1 / var2 is stored in result.
|
|
* The quotient is figured to exactly rscale fractional digits.
|
|
* If round is true, it is rounded at the rscale'th digit; if false, it
|
|
* is truncated (towards zero) at that digit.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
div_var(NumericVar *var1, NumericVar *var2, NumericVar *result,
|
|
int rscale, bool round)
|
|
{
|
|
int div_ndigits;
|
|
int res_ndigits;
|
|
int res_sign;
|
|
int res_weight;
|
|
int carry;
|
|
int borrow;
|
|
int divisor1;
|
|
int divisor2;
|
|
NumericDigit *dividend;
|
|
NumericDigit *divisor;
|
|
NumericDigit *res_digits;
|
|
int i;
|
|
int j;
|
|
|
|
/* copy these values into local vars for speed in inner loop */
|
|
int var1ndigits = var1->ndigits;
|
|
int var2ndigits = var2->ndigits;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* First of all division by zero check; we must not be handed an
|
|
* unnormalized divisor.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (var2ndigits == 0 || var2->digits[0] == 0)
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_DIVISION_BY_ZERO),
|
|
errmsg("division by zero")));
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Now result zero check
|
|
*/
|
|
if (var1ndigits == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
zero_var(result);
|
|
result->dscale = rscale;
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Determine the result sign, weight and number of digits to calculate.
|
|
* The weight figured here is correct if the emitted quotient has no
|
|
* leading zero digits; otherwise strip_var() will fix things up.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (var1->sign == var2->sign)
|
|
res_sign = NUMERIC_POS;
|
|
else
|
|
res_sign = NUMERIC_NEG;
|
|
res_weight = var1->weight - var2->weight;
|
|
/* The number of accurate result digits we need to produce: */
|
|
res_ndigits = res_weight + 1 + (rscale + DEC_DIGITS - 1) / DEC_DIGITS;
|
|
/* ... but always at least 1 */
|
|
res_ndigits = Max(res_ndigits, 1);
|
|
/* If rounding needed, figure one more digit to ensure correct result */
|
|
if (round)
|
|
res_ndigits++;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* The working dividend normally requires res_ndigits + var2ndigits
|
|
* digits, but make it at least var1ndigits so we can load all of var1
|
|
* into it. (There will be an additional digit dividend[0] in the
|
|
* dividend space, but for consistency with Knuth's notation we don't
|
|
* count that in div_ndigits.)
|
|
*/
|
|
div_ndigits = res_ndigits + var2ndigits;
|
|
div_ndigits = Max(div_ndigits, var1ndigits);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* We need a workspace with room for the working dividend (div_ndigits+1
|
|
* digits) plus room for the possibly-normalized divisor (var2ndigits
|
|
* digits). It is convenient also to have a zero at divisor[0] with the
|
|
* actual divisor data in divisor[1 .. var2ndigits]. Transferring the
|
|
* digits into the workspace also allows us to realloc the result (which
|
|
* might be the same as either input var) before we begin the main loop.
|
|
* Note that we use palloc0 to ensure that divisor[0], dividend[0], and
|
|
* any additional dividend positions beyond var1ndigits, start out 0.
|
|
*/
|
|
dividend = (NumericDigit *)
|
|
palloc0((div_ndigits + var2ndigits + 2) * sizeof(NumericDigit));
|
|
divisor = dividend + (div_ndigits + 1);
|
|
memcpy(dividend + 1, var1->digits, var1ndigits * sizeof(NumericDigit));
|
|
memcpy(divisor + 1, var2->digits, var2ndigits * sizeof(NumericDigit));
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Now we can realloc the result to hold the generated quotient digits.
|
|
*/
|
|
alloc_var(result, res_ndigits);
|
|
res_digits = result->digits;
|
|
|
|
if (var2ndigits == 1)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* If there's only a single divisor digit, we can use a fast path (cf.
|
|
* Knuth section 4.3.1 exercise 16).
|
|
*/
|
|
divisor1 = divisor[1];
|
|
carry = 0;
|
|
for (i = 0; i < res_ndigits; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
carry = carry * NBASE + dividend[i + 1];
|
|
res_digits[i] = carry / divisor1;
|
|
carry = carry % divisor1;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* The full multiple-place algorithm is taken from Knuth volume 2,
|
|
* Algorithm 4.3.1D.
|
|
*
|
|
* We need the first divisor digit to be >= NBASE/2. If it isn't,
|
|
* make it so by scaling up both the divisor and dividend by the
|
|
* factor "d". (The reason for allocating dividend[0] above is to
|
|
* leave room for possible carry here.)
|
|
*/
|
|
if (divisor[1] < HALF_NBASE)
|
|
{
|
|
int d = NBASE / (divisor[1] + 1);
|
|
|
|
carry = 0;
|
|
for (i = var2ndigits; i > 0; i--)
|
|
{
|
|
carry += divisor[i] * d;
|
|
divisor[i] = carry % NBASE;
|
|
carry = carry / NBASE;
|
|
}
|
|
Assert(carry == 0);
|
|
carry = 0;
|
|
/* at this point only var1ndigits of dividend can be nonzero */
|
|
for (i = var1ndigits; i >= 0; i--)
|
|
{
|
|
carry += dividend[i] * d;
|
|
dividend[i] = carry % NBASE;
|
|
carry = carry / NBASE;
|
|
}
|
|
Assert(carry == 0);
|
|
Assert(divisor[1] >= HALF_NBASE);
|
|
}
|
|
/* First 2 divisor digits are used repeatedly in main loop */
|
|
divisor1 = divisor[1];
|
|
divisor2 = divisor[2];
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Begin the main loop. Each iteration of this loop produces the j'th
|
|
* quotient digit by dividing dividend[j .. j + var2ndigits] by the
|
|
* divisor; this is essentially the same as the common manual
|
|
* procedure for long division.
|
|
*/
|
|
for (j = 0; j < res_ndigits; j++)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Estimate quotient digit from the first two dividend digits */
|
|
int next2digits = dividend[j] * NBASE + dividend[j + 1];
|
|
int qhat;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If next2digits are 0, then quotient digit must be 0 and there's
|
|
* no need to adjust the working dividend. It's worth testing
|
|
* here to fall out ASAP when processing trailing zeroes in a
|
|
* dividend.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (next2digits == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
res_digits[j] = 0;
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (dividend[j] == divisor1)
|
|
qhat = NBASE - 1;
|
|
else
|
|
qhat = next2digits / divisor1;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Adjust quotient digit if it's too large. Knuth proves that
|
|
* after this step, the quotient digit will be either correct or
|
|
* just one too large. (Note: it's OK to use dividend[j+2] here
|
|
* because we know the divisor length is at least 2.)
|
|
*/
|
|
while (divisor2 * qhat >
|
|
(next2digits - qhat * divisor1) * NBASE + dividend[j + 2])
|
|
qhat--;
|
|
|
|
/* As above, need do nothing more when quotient digit is 0 */
|
|
if (qhat > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* Multiply the divisor by qhat, and subtract that from the
|
|
* working dividend. "carry" tracks the multiplication,
|
|
* "borrow" the subtraction (could we fold these together?)
|
|
*/
|
|
carry = 0;
|
|
borrow = 0;
|
|
for (i = var2ndigits; i >= 0; i--)
|
|
{
|
|
carry += divisor[i] * qhat;
|
|
borrow -= carry % NBASE;
|
|
carry = carry / NBASE;
|
|
borrow += dividend[j + i];
|
|
if (borrow < 0)
|
|
{
|
|
dividend[j + i] = borrow + NBASE;
|
|
borrow = -1;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
dividend[j + i] = borrow;
|
|
borrow = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
Assert(carry == 0);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If we got a borrow out of the top dividend digit, then
|
|
* indeed qhat was one too large. Fix it, and add back the
|
|
* divisor to correct the working dividend. (Knuth proves
|
|
* that this will occur only about 3/NBASE of the time; hence,
|
|
* it's a good idea to test this code with small NBASE to be
|
|
* sure this section gets exercised.)
|
|
*/
|
|
if (borrow)
|
|
{
|
|
qhat--;
|
|
carry = 0;
|
|
for (i = var2ndigits; i >= 0; i--)
|
|
{
|
|
carry += dividend[j + i] + divisor[i];
|
|
if (carry >= NBASE)
|
|
{
|
|
dividend[j + i] = carry - NBASE;
|
|
carry = 1;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
dividend[j + i] = carry;
|
|
carry = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
/* A carry should occur here to cancel the borrow above */
|
|
Assert(carry == 1);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* And we're done with this quotient digit */
|
|
res_digits[j] = qhat;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
pfree(dividend);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Finally, round or truncate the result to the requested precision.
|
|
*/
|
|
result->weight = res_weight;
|
|
result->sign = res_sign;
|
|
|
|
/* Round or truncate to target rscale (and set result->dscale) */
|
|
if (round)
|
|
round_var(result, rscale);
|
|
else
|
|
trunc_var(result, rscale);
|
|
|
|
/* Strip leading and trailing zeroes */
|
|
strip_var(result);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* div_var_fast() -
|
|
*
|
|
* This has the same API as div_var, but is implemented using the division
|
|
* algorithm from the "FM" library, rather than Knuth's schoolbook-division
|
|
* approach. This is significantly faster but can produce inaccurate
|
|
* results, because it sometimes has to propagate rounding to the left,
|
|
* and so we can never be entirely sure that we know the requested digits
|
|
* exactly. We compute DIV_GUARD_DIGITS extra digits, but there is
|
|
* no certainty that that's enough. We use this only in the transcendental
|
|
* function calculation routines, where everything is approximate anyway.
|
|
*
|
|
* Although we provide a "round" argument for consistency with div_var,
|
|
* it is unwise to use this function with round=false. In truncation mode
|
|
* it is possible to get a result with no significant digits, for example
|
|
* with rscale=0 we might compute 0.99999... and truncate that to 0 when
|
|
* the correct answer is 1.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
div_var_fast(NumericVar *var1, NumericVar *var2, NumericVar *result,
|
|
int rscale, bool round)
|
|
{
|
|
int div_ndigits;
|
|
int res_sign;
|
|
int res_weight;
|
|
int *div;
|
|
int qdigit;
|
|
int carry;
|
|
int maxdiv;
|
|
int newdig;
|
|
NumericDigit *res_digits;
|
|
double fdividend,
|
|
fdivisor,
|
|
fdivisorinverse,
|
|
fquotient;
|
|
int qi;
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
/* copy these values into local vars for speed in inner loop */
|
|
int var1ndigits = var1->ndigits;
|
|
int var2ndigits = var2->ndigits;
|
|
NumericDigit *var1digits = var1->digits;
|
|
NumericDigit *var2digits = var2->digits;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* First of all division by zero check; we must not be handed an
|
|
* unnormalized divisor.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (var2ndigits == 0 || var2digits[0] == 0)
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_DIVISION_BY_ZERO),
|
|
errmsg("division by zero")));
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Now result zero check
|
|
*/
|
|
if (var1ndigits == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
zero_var(result);
|
|
result->dscale = rscale;
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Determine the result sign, weight and number of digits to calculate
|
|
*/
|
|
if (var1->sign == var2->sign)
|
|
res_sign = NUMERIC_POS;
|
|
else
|
|
res_sign = NUMERIC_NEG;
|
|
res_weight = var1->weight - var2->weight + 1;
|
|
/* The number of accurate result digits we need to produce: */
|
|
div_ndigits = res_weight + 1 + (rscale + DEC_DIGITS - 1) / DEC_DIGITS;
|
|
/* Add guard digits for roundoff error */
|
|
div_ndigits += DIV_GUARD_DIGITS;
|
|
if (div_ndigits < DIV_GUARD_DIGITS)
|
|
div_ndigits = DIV_GUARD_DIGITS;
|
|
/* Must be at least var1ndigits, too, to simplify data-loading loop */
|
|
if (div_ndigits < var1ndigits)
|
|
div_ndigits = var1ndigits;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* We do the arithmetic in an array "div[]" of signed int's. Since
|
|
* INT_MAX is noticeably larger than NBASE*NBASE, this gives us headroom
|
|
* to avoid normalizing carries immediately.
|
|
*
|
|
* We start with div[] containing one zero digit followed by the
|
|
* dividend's digits (plus appended zeroes to reach the desired precision
|
|
* including guard digits). Each step of the main loop computes an
|
|
* (approximate) quotient digit and stores it into div[], removing one
|
|
* position of dividend space. A final pass of carry propagation takes
|
|
* care of any mistaken quotient digits.
|
|
*/
|
|
div = (int *) palloc0((div_ndigits + 1) * sizeof(int));
|
|
for (i = 0; i < var1ndigits; i++)
|
|
div[i + 1] = var1digits[i];
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* We estimate each quotient digit using floating-point arithmetic, taking
|
|
* the first four digits of the (current) dividend and divisor. This must
|
|
* be float to avoid overflow. The quotient digits will generally be off
|
|
* by no more than one from the exact answer.
|
|
*/
|
|
fdivisor = (double) var2digits[0];
|
|
for (i = 1; i < 4; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
fdivisor *= NBASE;
|
|
if (i < var2ndigits)
|
|
fdivisor += (double) var2digits[i];
|
|
}
|
|
fdivisorinverse = 1.0 / fdivisor;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* maxdiv tracks the maximum possible absolute value of any div[] entry;
|
|
* when this threatens to exceed INT_MAX, we take the time to propagate
|
|
* carries. Furthermore, we need to ensure that overflow doesn't occur
|
|
* during the carry propagation passes either. The carry values may have
|
|
* an absolute value as high as INT_MAX/NBASE + 1, so really we must
|
|
* normalize when digits threaten to exceed INT_MAX - INT_MAX/NBASE - 1.
|
|
*
|
|
* To avoid overflow in maxdiv itself, it represents the max absolute
|
|
* value divided by NBASE-1, ie, at the top of the loop it is known that
|
|
* no div[] entry has an absolute value exceeding maxdiv * (NBASE-1).
|
|
*
|
|
* Actually, though, that holds good only for div[] entries after div[qi];
|
|
* the adjustment done at the bottom of the loop may cause div[qi + 1] to
|
|
* exceed the maxdiv limit, so that div[qi] in the next iteration is
|
|
* beyond the limit. This does not cause problems, as explained below.
|
|
*/
|
|
maxdiv = 1;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Outer loop computes next quotient digit, which will go into div[qi]
|
|
*/
|
|
for (qi = 0; qi < div_ndigits; qi++)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Approximate the current dividend value */
|
|
fdividend = (double) div[qi];
|
|
for (i = 1; i < 4; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
fdividend *= NBASE;
|
|
if (qi + i <= div_ndigits)
|
|
fdividend += (double) div[qi + i];
|
|
}
|
|
/* Compute the (approximate) quotient digit */
|
|
fquotient = fdividend * fdivisorinverse;
|
|
qdigit = (fquotient >= 0.0) ? ((int) fquotient) :
|
|
(((int) fquotient) - 1); /* truncate towards -infinity */
|
|
|
|
if (qdigit != 0)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Do we need to normalize now? */
|
|
maxdiv += Abs(qdigit);
|
|
if (maxdiv > (INT_MAX - INT_MAX / NBASE - 1) / (NBASE - 1))
|
|
{
|
|
/* Yes, do it */
|
|
carry = 0;
|
|
for (i = div_ndigits; i > qi; i--)
|
|
{
|
|
newdig = div[i] + carry;
|
|
if (newdig < 0)
|
|
{
|
|
carry = -((-newdig - 1) / NBASE) - 1;
|
|
newdig -= carry * NBASE;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (newdig >= NBASE)
|
|
{
|
|
carry = newdig / NBASE;
|
|
newdig -= carry * NBASE;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
carry = 0;
|
|
div[i] = newdig;
|
|
}
|
|
newdig = div[qi] + carry;
|
|
div[qi] = newdig;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* All the div[] digits except possibly div[qi] are now in the
|
|
* range 0..NBASE-1. We do not need to consider div[qi] in
|
|
* the maxdiv value anymore, so we can reset maxdiv to 1.
|
|
*/
|
|
maxdiv = 1;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Recompute the quotient digit since new info may have
|
|
* propagated into the top four dividend digits
|
|
*/
|
|
fdividend = (double) div[qi];
|
|
for (i = 1; i < 4; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
fdividend *= NBASE;
|
|
if (qi + i <= div_ndigits)
|
|
fdividend += (double) div[qi + i];
|
|
}
|
|
/* Compute the (approximate) quotient digit */
|
|
fquotient = fdividend * fdivisorinverse;
|
|
qdigit = (fquotient >= 0.0) ? ((int) fquotient) :
|
|
(((int) fquotient) - 1); /* truncate towards -infinity */
|
|
maxdiv += Abs(qdigit);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Subtract off the appropriate multiple of the divisor.
|
|
*
|
|
* The digits beyond div[qi] cannot overflow, because we know they
|
|
* will fall within the maxdiv limit. As for div[qi] itself, note
|
|
* that qdigit is approximately trunc(div[qi] / vardigits[0]),
|
|
* which would make the new value simply div[qi] mod vardigits[0].
|
|
* The lower-order terms in qdigit can change this result by not
|
|
* more than about twice INT_MAX/NBASE, so overflow is impossible.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (qdigit != 0)
|
|
{
|
|
int istop = Min(var2ndigits, div_ndigits - qi + 1);
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < istop; i++)
|
|
div[qi + i] -= qdigit * var2digits[i];
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* The dividend digit we are about to replace might still be nonzero.
|
|
* Fold it into the next digit position.
|
|
*
|
|
* There is no risk of overflow here, although proving that requires
|
|
* some care. Much as with the argument for div[qi] not overflowing,
|
|
* if we consider the first two terms in the numerator and denominator
|
|
* of qdigit, we can see that the final value of div[qi + 1] will be
|
|
* approximately a remainder mod (vardigits[0]*NBASE + vardigits[1]).
|
|
* Accounting for the lower-order terms is a bit complicated but ends
|
|
* up adding not much more than INT_MAX/NBASE to the possible range.
|
|
* Thus, div[qi + 1] cannot overflow here, and in its role as div[qi]
|
|
* in the next loop iteration, it can't be large enough to cause
|
|
* overflow in the carry propagation step (if any), either.
|
|
*
|
|
* But having said that: div[qi] can be more than INT_MAX/NBASE, as
|
|
* noted above, which means that the product div[qi] * NBASE *can*
|
|
* overflow. When that happens, adding it to div[qi + 1] will always
|
|
* cause a canceling overflow so that the end result is correct. We
|
|
* could avoid the intermediate overflow by doing the multiplication
|
|
* and addition in int64 arithmetic, but so far there appears no need.
|
|
*/
|
|
div[qi + 1] += div[qi] * NBASE;
|
|
|
|
div[qi] = qdigit;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Approximate and store the last quotient digit (div[div_ndigits])
|
|
*/
|
|
fdividend = (double) div[qi];
|
|
for (i = 1; i < 4; i++)
|
|
fdividend *= NBASE;
|
|
fquotient = fdividend * fdivisorinverse;
|
|
qdigit = (fquotient >= 0.0) ? ((int) fquotient) :
|
|
(((int) fquotient) - 1); /* truncate towards -infinity */
|
|
div[qi] = qdigit;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Because the quotient digits might be off by one, some of them might be
|
|
* -1 or NBASE at this point. The represented value is correct in a
|
|
* mathematical sense, but it doesn't look right. We do a final carry
|
|
* propagation pass to normalize the digits, which we combine with storing
|
|
* the result digits into the output. Note that this is still done at
|
|
* full precision w/guard digits.
|
|
*/
|
|
alloc_var(result, div_ndigits + 1);
|
|
res_digits = result->digits;
|
|
carry = 0;
|
|
for (i = div_ndigits; i >= 0; i--)
|
|
{
|
|
newdig = div[i] + carry;
|
|
if (newdig < 0)
|
|
{
|
|
carry = -((-newdig - 1) / NBASE) - 1;
|
|
newdig -= carry * NBASE;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (newdig >= NBASE)
|
|
{
|
|
carry = newdig / NBASE;
|
|
newdig -= carry * NBASE;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
carry = 0;
|
|
res_digits[i] = newdig;
|
|
}
|
|
Assert(carry == 0);
|
|
|
|
pfree(div);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Finally, round the result to the requested precision.
|
|
*/
|
|
result->weight = res_weight;
|
|
result->sign = res_sign;
|
|
|
|
/* Round to target rscale (and set result->dscale) */
|
|
if (round)
|
|
round_var(result, rscale);
|
|
else
|
|
trunc_var(result, rscale);
|
|
|
|
/* Strip leading and trailing zeroes */
|
|
strip_var(result);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Default scale selection for division
|
|
*
|
|
* Returns the appropriate result scale for the division result.
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
select_div_scale(NumericVar *var1, NumericVar *var2)
|
|
{
|
|
int weight1,
|
|
weight2,
|
|
qweight,
|
|
i;
|
|
NumericDigit firstdigit1,
|
|
firstdigit2;
|
|
int rscale;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* The result scale of a division isn't specified in any SQL standard. For
|
|
* PostgreSQL we select a result scale that will give at least
|
|
* NUMERIC_MIN_SIG_DIGITS significant digits, so that numeric gives a
|
|
* result no less accurate than float8; but use a scale not less than
|
|
* either input's display scale.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
/* Get the actual (normalized) weight and first digit of each input */
|
|
|
|
weight1 = 0; /* values to use if var1 is zero */
|
|
firstdigit1 = 0;
|
|
for (i = 0; i < var1->ndigits; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
firstdigit1 = var1->digits[i];
|
|
if (firstdigit1 != 0)
|
|
{
|
|
weight1 = var1->weight - i;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
weight2 = 0; /* values to use if var2 is zero */
|
|
firstdigit2 = 0;
|
|
for (i = 0; i < var2->ndigits; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
firstdigit2 = var2->digits[i];
|
|
if (firstdigit2 != 0)
|
|
{
|
|
weight2 = var2->weight - i;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Estimate weight of quotient. If the two first digits are equal, we
|
|
* can't be sure, but assume that var1 is less than var2.
|
|
*/
|
|
qweight = weight1 - weight2;
|
|
if (firstdigit1 <= firstdigit2)
|
|
qweight--;
|
|
|
|
/* Select result scale */
|
|
rscale = NUMERIC_MIN_SIG_DIGITS - qweight * DEC_DIGITS;
|
|
rscale = Max(rscale, var1->dscale);
|
|
rscale = Max(rscale, var2->dscale);
|
|
rscale = Max(rscale, NUMERIC_MIN_DISPLAY_SCALE);
|
|
rscale = Min(rscale, NUMERIC_MAX_DISPLAY_SCALE);
|
|
|
|
return rscale;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* mod_var() -
|
|
*
|
|
* Calculate the modulo of two numerics at variable level
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
mod_var(NumericVar *var1, NumericVar *var2, NumericVar *result)
|
|
{
|
|
NumericVar tmp;
|
|
|
|
init_var(&tmp);
|
|
|
|
/* ---------
|
|
* We do this using the equation
|
|
* mod(x,y) = x - trunc(x/y)*y
|
|
* div_var can be persuaded to give us trunc(x/y) directly.
|
|
* ----------
|
|
*/
|
|
div_var(var1, var2, &tmp, 0, false);
|
|
|
|
mul_var(var2, &tmp, &tmp, var2->dscale);
|
|
|
|
sub_var(var1, &tmp, result);
|
|
|
|
free_var(&tmp);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* ceil_var() -
|
|
*
|
|
* Return the smallest integer greater than or equal to the argument
|
|
* on variable level
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
ceil_var(NumericVar *var, NumericVar *result)
|
|
{
|
|
NumericVar tmp;
|
|
|
|
init_var(&tmp);
|
|
set_var_from_var(var, &tmp);
|
|
|
|
trunc_var(&tmp, 0);
|
|
|
|
if (var->sign == NUMERIC_POS && cmp_var(var, &tmp) != 0)
|
|
add_var(&tmp, &const_one, &tmp);
|
|
|
|
set_var_from_var(&tmp, result);
|
|
free_var(&tmp);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* floor_var() -
|
|
*
|
|
* Return the largest integer equal to or less than the argument
|
|
* on variable level
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
floor_var(NumericVar *var, NumericVar *result)
|
|
{
|
|
NumericVar tmp;
|
|
|
|
init_var(&tmp);
|
|
set_var_from_var(var, &tmp);
|
|
|
|
trunc_var(&tmp, 0);
|
|
|
|
if (var->sign == NUMERIC_NEG && cmp_var(var, &tmp) != 0)
|
|
sub_var(&tmp, &const_one, &tmp);
|
|
|
|
set_var_from_var(&tmp, result);
|
|
free_var(&tmp);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* sqrt_var() -
|
|
*
|
|
* Compute the square root of x using Newton's algorithm
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
sqrt_var(NumericVar *arg, NumericVar *result, int rscale)
|
|
{
|
|
NumericVar tmp_arg;
|
|
NumericVar tmp_val;
|
|
NumericVar last_val;
|
|
int local_rscale;
|
|
int stat;
|
|
|
|
local_rscale = rscale + 8;
|
|
|
|
stat = cmp_var(arg, &const_zero);
|
|
if (stat == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
zero_var(result);
|
|
result->dscale = rscale;
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* SQL2003 defines sqrt() in terms of power, so we need to emit the right
|
|
* SQLSTATE error code if the operand is negative.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (stat < 0)
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_ARGUMENT_FOR_POWER_FUNCTION),
|
|
errmsg("cannot take square root of a negative number")));
|
|
|
|
init_var(&tmp_arg);
|
|
init_var(&tmp_val);
|
|
init_var(&last_val);
|
|
|
|
/* Copy arg in case it is the same var as result */
|
|
set_var_from_var(arg, &tmp_arg);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Initialize the result to the first guess
|
|
*/
|
|
alloc_var(result, 1);
|
|
result->digits[0] = tmp_arg.digits[0] / 2;
|
|
if (result->digits[0] == 0)
|
|
result->digits[0] = 1;
|
|
result->weight = tmp_arg.weight / 2;
|
|
result->sign = NUMERIC_POS;
|
|
|
|
set_var_from_var(result, &last_val);
|
|
|
|
for (;;)
|
|
{
|
|
div_var_fast(&tmp_arg, result, &tmp_val, local_rscale, true);
|
|
|
|
add_var(result, &tmp_val, result);
|
|
mul_var(result, &const_zero_point_five, result, local_rscale);
|
|
|
|
if (cmp_var(&last_val, result) == 0)
|
|
break;
|
|
set_var_from_var(result, &last_val);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
free_var(&last_val);
|
|
free_var(&tmp_val);
|
|
free_var(&tmp_arg);
|
|
|
|
/* Round to requested precision */
|
|
round_var(result, rscale);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* exp_var() -
|
|
*
|
|
* Raise e to the power of x, computed to rscale fractional digits
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
exp_var(NumericVar *arg, NumericVar *result, int rscale)
|
|
{
|
|
NumericVar x;
|
|
NumericVar elem;
|
|
NumericVar ni;
|
|
double val;
|
|
int dweight;
|
|
int ndiv2;
|
|
int sig_digits;
|
|
int local_rscale;
|
|
|
|
init_var(&x);
|
|
init_var(&elem);
|
|
init_var(&ni);
|
|
|
|
set_var_from_var(arg, &x);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Estimate the dweight of the result using floating point arithmetic, so
|
|
* that we can choose an appropriate local rscale for the calculation.
|
|
*/
|
|
val = numericvar_to_double_no_overflow(&x);
|
|
|
|
/* Guard against overflow */
|
|
/* If you change this limit, see also power_var()'s limit */
|
|
if (Abs(val) >= NUMERIC_MAX_RESULT_SCALE * 3)
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_NUMERIC_VALUE_OUT_OF_RANGE),
|
|
errmsg("value overflows numeric format")));
|
|
|
|
/* decimal weight = log10(e^x) = x * log10(e) */
|
|
dweight = (int) (val * 0.434294481903252);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Reduce x to the range -0.01 <= x <= 0.01 (approximately) by dividing by
|
|
* 2^n, to improve the convergence rate of the Taylor series.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (Abs(val) > 0.01)
|
|
{
|
|
NumericVar tmp;
|
|
|
|
init_var(&tmp);
|
|
set_var_from_var(&const_two, &tmp);
|
|
|
|
ndiv2 = 1;
|
|
val /= 2;
|
|
|
|
while (Abs(val) > 0.01)
|
|
{
|
|
ndiv2++;
|
|
val /= 2;
|
|
add_var(&tmp, &tmp, &tmp);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
local_rscale = x.dscale + ndiv2;
|
|
div_var_fast(&x, &tmp, &x, local_rscale, true);
|
|
|
|
free_var(&tmp);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
ndiv2 = 0;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Set the scale for the Taylor series expansion. The final result has
|
|
* (dweight + rscale + 1) significant digits. In addition, we have to
|
|
* raise the Taylor series result to the power 2^ndiv2, which introduces
|
|
* an error of up to around log10(2^ndiv2) digits, so work with this many
|
|
* extra digits of precision (plus a few more for good measure).
|
|
*/
|
|
sig_digits = 1 + dweight + rscale + (int) (ndiv2 * 0.301029995663981);
|
|
sig_digits = Max(sig_digits, 0) + 8;
|
|
|
|
local_rscale = sig_digits - 1;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Use the Taylor series
|
|
*
|
|
* exp(x) = 1 + x + x^2/2! + x^3/3! + ...
|
|
*
|
|
* Given the limited range of x, this should converge reasonably quickly.
|
|
* We run the series until the terms fall below the local_rscale limit.
|
|
*/
|
|
add_var(&const_one, &x, result);
|
|
|
|
mul_var(&x, &x, &elem, local_rscale);
|
|
set_var_from_var(&const_two, &ni);
|
|
div_var_fast(&elem, &ni, &elem, local_rscale, true);
|
|
|
|
while (elem.ndigits != 0)
|
|
{
|
|
add_var(result, &elem, result);
|
|
|
|
mul_var(&elem, &x, &elem, local_rscale);
|
|
add_var(&ni, &const_one, &ni);
|
|
div_var_fast(&elem, &ni, &elem, local_rscale, true);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Compensate for the argument range reduction. Since the weight of the
|
|
* result doubles with each multiplication, we can reduce the local rscale
|
|
* as we proceed.
|
|
*/
|
|
while (ndiv2-- > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
local_rscale = sig_digits - result->weight * 2 * DEC_DIGITS;
|
|
local_rscale = Max(local_rscale, NUMERIC_MIN_DISPLAY_SCALE);
|
|
mul_var(result, result, result, local_rscale);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Round to requested rscale */
|
|
round_var(result, rscale);
|
|
|
|
free_var(&x);
|
|
free_var(&elem);
|
|
free_var(&ni);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Estimate the dweight of the most significant decimal digit of the natural
|
|
* logarithm of a number.
|
|
*
|
|
* Essentially, we're approximating log10(abs(ln(var))). This is used to
|
|
* determine the appropriate rscale when computing natural logarithms.
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
estimate_ln_dweight(NumericVar *var)
|
|
{
|
|
int ln_dweight;
|
|
|
|
if (cmp_var(var, &const_zero_point_nine) >= 0 &&
|
|
cmp_var(var, &const_one_point_one) <= 0)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* 0.9 <= var <= 1.1
|
|
*
|
|
* ln(var) has a negative weight (possibly very large). To get a
|
|
* reasonably accurate result, estimate it using ln(1+x) ~= x.
|
|
*/
|
|
NumericVar x;
|
|
|
|
init_var(&x);
|
|
sub_var(var, &const_one, &x);
|
|
|
|
if (x.ndigits > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Use weight of most significant decimal digit of x */
|
|
ln_dweight = x.weight * DEC_DIGITS + (int) log10(x.digits[0]);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/* x = 0. Since ln(1) = 0 exactly, we don't need extra digits */
|
|
ln_dweight = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
free_var(&x);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* Estimate the logarithm using the first couple of digits from the
|
|
* input number. This will give an accurate result whenever the input
|
|
* is not too close to 1.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (var->ndigits > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
int digits;
|
|
int dweight;
|
|
double ln_var;
|
|
|
|
digits = var->digits[0];
|
|
dweight = var->weight * DEC_DIGITS;
|
|
|
|
if (var->ndigits > 1)
|
|
{
|
|
digits = digits * NBASE + var->digits[1];
|
|
dweight -= DEC_DIGITS;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*----------
|
|
* We have var ~= digits * 10^dweight
|
|
* so ln(var) ~= ln(digits) + dweight * ln(10)
|
|
*----------
|
|
*/
|
|
ln_var = log((double) digits) + dweight * 2.302585092994046;
|
|
ln_dweight = (int) log10(Abs(ln_var));
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/* Caller should fail on ln(0), but for the moment return zero */
|
|
ln_dweight = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return ln_dweight;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* ln_var() -
|
|
*
|
|
* Compute the natural log of x
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
ln_var(NumericVar *arg, NumericVar *result, int rscale)
|
|
{
|
|
NumericVar x;
|
|
NumericVar xx;
|
|
NumericVar ni;
|
|
NumericVar elem;
|
|
NumericVar fact;
|
|
int local_rscale;
|
|
int cmp;
|
|
|
|
cmp = cmp_var(arg, &const_zero);
|
|
if (cmp == 0)
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_ARGUMENT_FOR_LOG),
|
|
errmsg("cannot take logarithm of zero")));
|
|
else if (cmp < 0)
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_ARGUMENT_FOR_LOG),
|
|
errmsg("cannot take logarithm of a negative number")));
|
|
|
|
init_var(&x);
|
|
init_var(&xx);
|
|
init_var(&ni);
|
|
init_var(&elem);
|
|
init_var(&fact);
|
|
|
|
set_var_from_var(arg, &x);
|
|
set_var_from_var(&const_two, &fact);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Reduce input into range 0.9 < x < 1.1 with repeated sqrt() operations.
|
|
*
|
|
* The final logarithm will have up to around rscale+6 significant digits.
|
|
* Each sqrt() will roughly halve the weight of x, so adjust the local
|
|
* rscale as we work so that we keep this many significant digits at each
|
|
* step (plus a few more for good measure).
|
|
*/
|
|
while (cmp_var(&x, &const_zero_point_nine) <= 0)
|
|
{
|
|
local_rscale = rscale - x.weight * DEC_DIGITS / 2 + 8;
|
|
local_rscale = Max(local_rscale, NUMERIC_MIN_DISPLAY_SCALE);
|
|
sqrt_var(&x, &x, local_rscale);
|
|
mul_var(&fact, &const_two, &fact, 0);
|
|
}
|
|
while (cmp_var(&x, &const_one_point_one) >= 0)
|
|
{
|
|
local_rscale = rscale - x.weight * DEC_DIGITS / 2 + 8;
|
|
local_rscale = Max(local_rscale, NUMERIC_MIN_DISPLAY_SCALE);
|
|
sqrt_var(&x, &x, local_rscale);
|
|
mul_var(&fact, &const_two, &fact, 0);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* We use the Taylor series for 0.5 * ln((1+z)/(1-z)),
|
|
*
|
|
* z + z^3/3 + z^5/5 + ...
|
|
*
|
|
* where z = (x-1)/(x+1) is in the range (approximately) -0.053 .. 0.048
|
|
* due to the above range-reduction of x.
|
|
*
|
|
* The convergence of this is not as fast as one would like, but is
|
|
* tolerable given that z is small.
|
|
*/
|
|
local_rscale = rscale + 8;
|
|
|
|
sub_var(&x, &const_one, result);
|
|
add_var(&x, &const_one, &elem);
|
|
div_var_fast(result, &elem, result, local_rscale, true);
|
|
set_var_from_var(result, &xx);
|
|
mul_var(result, result, &x, local_rscale);
|
|
|
|
set_var_from_var(&const_one, &ni);
|
|
|
|
for (;;)
|
|
{
|
|
add_var(&ni, &const_two, &ni);
|
|
mul_var(&xx, &x, &xx, local_rscale);
|
|
div_var_fast(&xx, &ni, &elem, local_rscale, true);
|
|
|
|
if (elem.ndigits == 0)
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
add_var(result, &elem, result);
|
|
|
|
if (elem.weight < (result->weight - local_rscale * 2 / DEC_DIGITS))
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Compensate for argument range reduction, round to requested rscale */
|
|
mul_var(result, &fact, result, rscale);
|
|
|
|
free_var(&x);
|
|
free_var(&xx);
|
|
free_var(&ni);
|
|
free_var(&elem);
|
|
free_var(&fact);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* log_var() -
|
|
*
|
|
* Compute the logarithm of num in a given base.
|
|
*
|
|
* Note: this routine chooses dscale of the result.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
log_var(NumericVar *base, NumericVar *num, NumericVar *result)
|
|
{
|
|
NumericVar ln_base;
|
|
NumericVar ln_num;
|
|
int ln_base_dweight;
|
|
int ln_num_dweight;
|
|
int result_dweight;
|
|
int rscale;
|
|
int ln_base_rscale;
|
|
int ln_num_rscale;
|
|
|
|
init_var(&ln_base);
|
|
init_var(&ln_num);
|
|
|
|
/* Estimated dweights of ln(base), ln(num) and the final result */
|
|
ln_base_dweight = estimate_ln_dweight(base);
|
|
ln_num_dweight = estimate_ln_dweight(num);
|
|
result_dweight = ln_num_dweight - ln_base_dweight;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Select the scale of the result so that it will have at least
|
|
* NUMERIC_MIN_SIG_DIGITS significant digits and is not less than either
|
|
* input's display scale.
|
|
*/
|
|
rscale = NUMERIC_MIN_SIG_DIGITS - result_dweight;
|
|
rscale = Max(rscale, base->dscale);
|
|
rscale = Max(rscale, num->dscale);
|
|
rscale = Max(rscale, NUMERIC_MIN_DISPLAY_SCALE);
|
|
rscale = Min(rscale, NUMERIC_MAX_DISPLAY_SCALE);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Set the scales for ln(base) and ln(num) so that they each have more
|
|
* significant digits than the final result.
|
|
*/
|
|
ln_base_rscale = rscale + result_dweight - ln_base_dweight + 8;
|
|
ln_base_rscale = Max(ln_base_rscale, NUMERIC_MIN_DISPLAY_SCALE);
|
|
|
|
ln_num_rscale = rscale + result_dweight - ln_num_dweight + 8;
|
|
ln_num_rscale = Max(ln_num_rscale, NUMERIC_MIN_DISPLAY_SCALE);
|
|
|
|
/* Form natural logarithms */
|
|
ln_var(base, &ln_base, ln_base_rscale);
|
|
ln_var(num, &ln_num, ln_num_rscale);
|
|
|
|
/* Divide and round to the required scale */
|
|
div_var_fast(&ln_num, &ln_base, result, rscale, true);
|
|
|
|
free_var(&ln_num);
|
|
free_var(&ln_base);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* power_var() -
|
|
*
|
|
* Raise base to the power of exp
|
|
*
|
|
* Note: this routine chooses dscale of the result.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
power_var(NumericVar *base, NumericVar *exp, NumericVar *result)
|
|
{
|
|
NumericVar ln_base;
|
|
NumericVar ln_num;
|
|
int ln_dweight;
|
|
int rscale;
|
|
int local_rscale;
|
|
double val;
|
|
|
|
/* If exp can be represented as an integer, use power_var_int */
|
|
if (exp->ndigits == 0 || exp->ndigits <= exp->weight + 1)
|
|
{
|
|
/* exact integer, but does it fit in int? */
|
|
int64 expval64;
|
|
|
|
if (numericvar_to_int64(exp, &expval64))
|
|
{
|
|
int expval = (int) expval64;
|
|
|
|
/* Test for overflow by reverse-conversion. */
|
|
if ((int64) expval == expval64)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Okay, select rscale */
|
|
rscale = NUMERIC_MIN_SIG_DIGITS;
|
|
rscale = Max(rscale, base->dscale);
|
|
rscale = Max(rscale, NUMERIC_MIN_DISPLAY_SCALE);
|
|
rscale = Min(rscale, NUMERIC_MAX_DISPLAY_SCALE);
|
|
|
|
power_var_int(base, expval, result, rscale);
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* This avoids log(0) for cases of 0 raised to a non-integer. 0 ^ 0 is
|
|
* handled by power_var_int().
|
|
*/
|
|
if (cmp_var(base, &const_zero) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
set_var_from_var(&const_zero, result);
|
|
result->dscale = NUMERIC_MIN_SIG_DIGITS; /* no need to round */
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
init_var(&ln_base);
|
|
init_var(&ln_num);
|
|
|
|
/*----------
|
|
* Decide on the scale for the ln() calculation. For this we need an
|
|
* estimate of the weight of the result, which we obtain by doing an
|
|
* initial low-precision calculation of exp * ln(base).
|
|
*
|
|
* We want result = e ^ (exp * ln(base))
|
|
* so result dweight = log10(result) = exp * ln(base) * log10(e)
|
|
*
|
|
* We also perform a crude overflow test here so that we can exit early if
|
|
* the full-precision result is sure to overflow, and to guard against
|
|
* integer overflow when determining the scale for the real calculation.
|
|
* exp_var() supports inputs up to NUMERIC_MAX_RESULT_SCALE * 3, so the
|
|
* result will overflow if exp * ln(base) >= NUMERIC_MAX_RESULT_SCALE * 3.
|
|
* Since the values here are only approximations, we apply a small fuzz
|
|
* factor to this overflow test and let exp_var() determine the exact
|
|
* overflow threshold so that it is consistent for all inputs.
|
|
*----------
|
|
*/
|
|
ln_dweight = estimate_ln_dweight(base);
|
|
|
|
local_rscale = 8 - ln_dweight;
|
|
local_rscale = Max(local_rscale, NUMERIC_MIN_DISPLAY_SCALE);
|
|
local_rscale = Min(local_rscale, NUMERIC_MAX_DISPLAY_SCALE);
|
|
|
|
ln_var(base, &ln_base, local_rscale);
|
|
|
|
mul_var(&ln_base, exp, &ln_num, local_rscale);
|
|
|
|
val = numericvar_to_double_no_overflow(&ln_num);
|
|
|
|
/* initial overflow test with fuzz factor */
|
|
if (Abs(val) > NUMERIC_MAX_RESULT_SCALE * 3.01)
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_NUMERIC_VALUE_OUT_OF_RANGE),
|
|
errmsg("value overflows numeric format")));
|
|
|
|
val *= 0.434294481903252; /* approximate decimal result weight */
|
|
|
|
/* choose the result scale */
|
|
rscale = NUMERIC_MIN_SIG_DIGITS - (int) val;
|
|
rscale = Max(rscale, base->dscale);
|
|
rscale = Max(rscale, exp->dscale);
|
|
rscale = Max(rscale, NUMERIC_MIN_DISPLAY_SCALE);
|
|
rscale = Min(rscale, NUMERIC_MAX_DISPLAY_SCALE);
|
|
|
|
/* set the scale for the real exp * ln(base) calculation */
|
|
local_rscale = rscale + (int) val - ln_dweight + 8;
|
|
local_rscale = Max(local_rscale, NUMERIC_MIN_DISPLAY_SCALE);
|
|
|
|
/* and do the real calculation */
|
|
|
|
ln_var(base, &ln_base, local_rscale);
|
|
|
|
mul_var(&ln_base, exp, &ln_num, local_rscale);
|
|
|
|
exp_var(&ln_num, result, rscale);
|
|
|
|
free_var(&ln_num);
|
|
free_var(&ln_base);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* power_var_int() -
|
|
*
|
|
* Raise base to the power of exp, where exp is an integer.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
power_var_int(NumericVar *base, int exp, NumericVar *result, int rscale)
|
|
{
|
|
double f;
|
|
int p;
|
|
int i;
|
|
int sig_digits;
|
|
unsigned int mask;
|
|
bool neg;
|
|
NumericVar base_prod;
|
|
int local_rscale;
|
|
|
|
/* Handle some common special cases, as well as corner cases */
|
|
switch (exp)
|
|
{
|
|
case 0:
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* While 0 ^ 0 can be either 1 or indeterminate (error), we treat
|
|
* it as 1 because most programming languages do this. SQL:2003
|
|
* also requires a return value of 1.
|
|
* http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Exponentiation#Zero_to_the_zero_pow
|
|
* er
|
|
*/
|
|
set_var_from_var(&const_one, result);
|
|
result->dscale = rscale; /* no need to round */
|
|
return;
|
|
case 1:
|
|
set_var_from_var(base, result);
|
|
round_var(result, rscale);
|
|
return;
|
|
case -1:
|
|
div_var(&const_one, base, result, rscale, true);
|
|
return;
|
|
case 2:
|
|
mul_var(base, base, result, rscale);
|
|
return;
|
|
default:
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Handle the special case where the base is zero */
|
|
if (base->ndigits == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
if (exp < 0)
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_DIVISION_BY_ZERO),
|
|
errmsg("division by zero")));
|
|
zero_var(result);
|
|
result->dscale = rscale;
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* The general case repeatedly multiplies base according to the bit
|
|
* pattern of exp.
|
|
*
|
|
* First we need to estimate the weight of the result so that we know how
|
|
* many significant digits are needed.
|
|
*/
|
|
f = base->digits[0];
|
|
p = base->weight * DEC_DIGITS;
|
|
|
|
for (i = 1; i < base->ndigits && i * DEC_DIGITS < 16; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
f = f * NBASE + base->digits[i];
|
|
p -= DEC_DIGITS;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*----------
|
|
* We have base ~= f * 10^p
|
|
* so log10(result) = log10(base^exp) ~= exp * (log10(f) + p)
|
|
*----------
|
|
*/
|
|
f = exp * (log10(f) + p);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Apply crude overflow/underflow tests so we can exit early if the result
|
|
* certainly will overflow/underflow.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (f > 3 * SHRT_MAX * DEC_DIGITS)
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_NUMERIC_VALUE_OUT_OF_RANGE),
|
|
errmsg("value overflows numeric format")));
|
|
if (f + 1 < -rscale || f + 1 < -NUMERIC_MAX_DISPLAY_SCALE)
|
|
{
|
|
zero_var(result);
|
|
result->dscale = rscale;
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Approximate number of significant digits in the result. Note that the
|
|
* underflow test above means that this is necessarily >= 0.
|
|
*/
|
|
sig_digits = 1 + rscale + (int) f;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* The multiplications to produce the result may introduce an error of up
|
|
* to around log10(abs(exp)) digits, so work with this many extra digits
|
|
* of precision (plus a few more for good measure).
|
|
*/
|
|
sig_digits += (int) log(Abs(exp)) + 8;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Now we can proceed with the multiplications.
|
|
*/
|
|
neg = (exp < 0);
|
|
mask = Abs(exp);
|
|
|
|
init_var(&base_prod);
|
|
set_var_from_var(base, &base_prod);
|
|
|
|
if (mask & 1)
|
|
set_var_from_var(base, result);
|
|
else
|
|
set_var_from_var(&const_one, result);
|
|
|
|
while ((mask >>= 1) > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* Do the multiplications using rscales large enough to hold the
|
|
* results to the required number of significant digits, but don't
|
|
* waste time by exceeding the scales of the numbers themselves.
|
|
*/
|
|
local_rscale = sig_digits - 2 * base_prod.weight * DEC_DIGITS;
|
|
local_rscale = Min(local_rscale, 2 * base_prod.dscale);
|
|
local_rscale = Max(local_rscale, NUMERIC_MIN_DISPLAY_SCALE);
|
|
|
|
mul_var(&base_prod, &base_prod, &base_prod, local_rscale);
|
|
|
|
if (mask & 1)
|
|
{
|
|
local_rscale = sig_digits -
|
|
(base_prod.weight + result->weight) * DEC_DIGITS;
|
|
local_rscale = Min(local_rscale,
|
|
base_prod.dscale + result->dscale);
|
|
local_rscale = Max(local_rscale, NUMERIC_MIN_DISPLAY_SCALE);
|
|
|
|
mul_var(&base_prod, result, result, local_rscale);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* When abs(base) > 1, the number of digits to the left of the decimal
|
|
* point in base_prod doubles at each iteration, so if exp is large we
|
|
* could easily spend large amounts of time and memory space doing the
|
|
* multiplications. But once the weight exceeds what will fit in
|
|
* int16, the final result is guaranteed to overflow (or underflow, if
|
|
* exp < 0), so we can give up before wasting too many cycles.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (base_prod.weight > SHRT_MAX || result->weight > SHRT_MAX)
|
|
{
|
|
/* overflow, unless neg, in which case result should be 0 */
|
|
if (!neg)
|
|
ereport(ERROR,
|
|
(errcode(ERRCODE_NUMERIC_VALUE_OUT_OF_RANGE),
|
|
errmsg("value overflows numeric format")));
|
|
zero_var(result);
|
|
neg = false;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
free_var(&base_prod);
|
|
|
|
/* Compensate for input sign, and round to requested rscale */
|
|
if (neg)
|
|
div_var_fast(&const_one, result, result, rscale, true);
|
|
else
|
|
round_var(result, rscale);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
*
|
|
* Following are the lowest level functions that operate unsigned
|
|
* on the variable level
|
|
*
|
|
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* ----------
|
|
* cmp_abs() -
|
|
*
|
|
* Compare the absolute values of var1 and var2
|
|
* Returns: -1 for ABS(var1) < ABS(var2)
|
|
* 0 for ABS(var1) == ABS(var2)
|
|
* 1 for ABS(var1) > ABS(var2)
|
|
* ----------
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
cmp_abs(NumericVar *var1, NumericVar *var2)
|
|
{
|
|
return cmp_abs_common(var1->digits, var1->ndigits, var1->weight,
|
|
var2->digits, var2->ndigits, var2->weight);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* ----------
|
|
* cmp_abs_common() -
|
|
*
|
|
* Main routine of cmp_abs(). This function can be used by both
|
|
* NumericVar and Numeric.
|
|
* ----------
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
cmp_abs_common(const NumericDigit *var1digits, int var1ndigits, int var1weight,
|
|
const NumericDigit *var2digits, int var2ndigits, int var2weight)
|
|
{
|
|
int i1 = 0;
|
|
int i2 = 0;
|
|
|
|
/* Check any digits before the first common digit */
|
|
|
|
while (var1weight > var2weight && i1 < var1ndigits)
|
|
{
|
|
if (var1digits[i1++] != 0)
|
|
return 1;
|
|
var1weight--;
|
|
}
|
|
while (var2weight > var1weight && i2 < var2ndigits)
|
|
{
|
|
if (var2digits[i2++] != 0)
|
|
return -1;
|
|
var2weight--;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* At this point, either w1 == w2 or we've run out of digits */
|
|
|
|
if (var1weight == var2weight)
|
|
{
|
|
while (i1 < var1ndigits && i2 < var2ndigits)
|
|
{
|
|
int stat = var1digits[i1++] - var2digits[i2++];
|
|
|
|
if (stat)
|
|
{
|
|
if (stat > 0)
|
|
return 1;
|
|
return -1;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* At this point, we've run out of digits on one side or the other; so any
|
|
* remaining nonzero digits imply that side is larger
|
|
*/
|
|
while (i1 < var1ndigits)
|
|
{
|
|
if (var1digits[i1++] != 0)
|
|
return 1;
|
|
}
|
|
while (i2 < var2ndigits)
|
|
{
|
|
if (var2digits[i2++] != 0)
|
|
return -1;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* add_abs() -
|
|
*
|
|
* Add the absolute values of two variables into result.
|
|
* result might point to one of the operands without danger.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
add_abs(NumericVar *var1, NumericVar *var2, NumericVar *result)
|
|
{
|
|
NumericDigit *res_buf;
|
|
NumericDigit *res_digits;
|
|
int res_ndigits;
|
|
int res_weight;
|
|
int res_rscale,
|
|
rscale1,
|
|
rscale2;
|
|
int res_dscale;
|
|
int i,
|
|
i1,
|
|
i2;
|
|
int carry = 0;
|
|
|
|
/* copy these values into local vars for speed in inner loop */
|
|
int var1ndigits = var1->ndigits;
|
|
int var2ndigits = var2->ndigits;
|
|
NumericDigit *var1digits = var1->digits;
|
|
NumericDigit *var2digits = var2->digits;
|
|
|
|
res_weight = Max(var1->weight, var2->weight) + 1;
|
|
|
|
res_dscale = Max(var1->dscale, var2->dscale);
|
|
|
|
/* Note: here we are figuring rscale in base-NBASE digits */
|
|
rscale1 = var1->ndigits - var1->weight - 1;
|
|
rscale2 = var2->ndigits - var2->weight - 1;
|
|
res_rscale = Max(rscale1, rscale2);
|
|
|
|
res_ndigits = res_rscale + res_weight + 1;
|
|
if (res_ndigits <= 0)
|
|
res_ndigits = 1;
|
|
|
|
res_buf = digitbuf_alloc(res_ndigits + 1);
|
|
res_buf[0] = 0; /* spare digit for later rounding */
|
|
res_digits = res_buf + 1;
|
|
|
|
i1 = res_rscale + var1->weight + 1;
|
|
i2 = res_rscale + var2->weight + 1;
|
|
for (i = res_ndigits - 1; i >= 0; i--)
|
|
{
|
|
i1--;
|
|
i2--;
|
|
if (i1 >= 0 && i1 < var1ndigits)
|
|
carry += var1digits[i1];
|
|
if (i2 >= 0 && i2 < var2ndigits)
|
|
carry += var2digits[i2];
|
|
|
|
if (carry >= NBASE)
|
|
{
|
|
res_digits[i] = carry - NBASE;
|
|
carry = 1;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
res_digits[i] = carry;
|
|
carry = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Assert(carry == 0); /* else we failed to allow for carry out */
|
|
|
|
digitbuf_free(result->buf);
|
|
result->ndigits = res_ndigits;
|
|
result->buf = res_buf;
|
|
result->digits = res_digits;
|
|
result->weight = res_weight;
|
|
result->dscale = res_dscale;
|
|
|
|
/* Remove leading/trailing zeroes */
|
|
strip_var(result);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* sub_abs()
|
|
*
|
|
* Subtract the absolute value of var2 from the absolute value of var1
|
|
* and store in result. result might point to one of the operands
|
|
* without danger.
|
|
*
|
|
* ABS(var1) MUST BE GREATER OR EQUAL ABS(var2) !!!
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
sub_abs(NumericVar *var1, NumericVar *var2, NumericVar *result)
|
|
{
|
|
NumericDigit *res_buf;
|
|
NumericDigit *res_digits;
|
|
int res_ndigits;
|
|
int res_weight;
|
|
int res_rscale,
|
|
rscale1,
|
|
rscale2;
|
|
int res_dscale;
|
|
int i,
|
|
i1,
|
|
i2;
|
|
int borrow = 0;
|
|
|
|
/* copy these values into local vars for speed in inner loop */
|
|
int var1ndigits = var1->ndigits;
|
|
int var2ndigits = var2->ndigits;
|
|
NumericDigit *var1digits = var1->digits;
|
|
NumericDigit *var2digits = var2->digits;
|
|
|
|
res_weight = var1->weight;
|
|
|
|
res_dscale = Max(var1->dscale, var2->dscale);
|
|
|
|
/* Note: here we are figuring rscale in base-NBASE digits */
|
|
rscale1 = var1->ndigits - var1->weight - 1;
|
|
rscale2 = var2->ndigits - var2->weight - 1;
|
|
res_rscale = Max(rscale1, rscale2);
|
|
|
|
res_ndigits = res_rscale + res_weight + 1;
|
|
if (res_ndigits <= 0)
|
|
res_ndigits = 1;
|
|
|
|
res_buf = digitbuf_alloc(res_ndigits + 1);
|
|
res_buf[0] = 0; /* spare digit for later rounding */
|
|
res_digits = res_buf + 1;
|
|
|
|
i1 = res_rscale + var1->weight + 1;
|
|
i2 = res_rscale + var2->weight + 1;
|
|
for (i = res_ndigits - 1; i >= 0; i--)
|
|
{
|
|
i1--;
|
|
i2--;
|
|
if (i1 >= 0 && i1 < var1ndigits)
|
|
borrow += var1digits[i1];
|
|
if (i2 >= 0 && i2 < var2ndigits)
|
|
borrow -= var2digits[i2];
|
|
|
|
if (borrow < 0)
|
|
{
|
|
res_digits[i] = borrow + NBASE;
|
|
borrow = -1;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
res_digits[i] = borrow;
|
|
borrow = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Assert(borrow == 0); /* else caller gave us var1 < var2 */
|
|
|
|
digitbuf_free(result->buf);
|
|
result->ndigits = res_ndigits;
|
|
result->buf = res_buf;
|
|
result->digits = res_digits;
|
|
result->weight = res_weight;
|
|
result->dscale = res_dscale;
|
|
|
|
/* Remove leading/trailing zeroes */
|
|
strip_var(result);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* round_var
|
|
*
|
|
* Round the value of a variable to no more than rscale decimal digits
|
|
* after the decimal point. NOTE: we allow rscale < 0 here, implying
|
|
* rounding before the decimal point.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
round_var(NumericVar *var, int rscale)
|
|
{
|
|
NumericDigit *digits = var->digits;
|
|
int di;
|
|
int ndigits;
|
|
int carry;
|
|
|
|
var->dscale = rscale;
|
|
|
|
/* decimal digits wanted */
|
|
di = (var->weight + 1) * DEC_DIGITS + rscale;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If di = 0, the value loses all digits, but could round up to 1 if its
|
|
* first extra digit is >= 5. If di < 0 the result must be 0.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (di < 0)
|
|
{
|
|
var->ndigits = 0;
|
|
var->weight = 0;
|
|
var->sign = NUMERIC_POS;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/* NBASE digits wanted */
|
|
ndigits = (di + DEC_DIGITS - 1) / DEC_DIGITS;
|
|
|
|
/* 0, or number of decimal digits to keep in last NBASE digit */
|
|
di %= DEC_DIGITS;
|
|
|
|
if (ndigits < var->ndigits ||
|
|
(ndigits == var->ndigits && di > 0))
|
|
{
|
|
var->ndigits = ndigits;
|
|
|
|
#if DEC_DIGITS == 1
|
|
/* di must be zero */
|
|
carry = (digits[ndigits] >= HALF_NBASE) ? 1 : 0;
|
|
#else
|
|
if (di == 0)
|
|
carry = (digits[ndigits] >= HALF_NBASE) ? 1 : 0;
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/* Must round within last NBASE digit */
|
|
int extra,
|
|
pow10;
|
|
|
|
#if DEC_DIGITS == 4
|
|
pow10 = round_powers[di];
|
|
#elif DEC_DIGITS == 2
|
|
pow10 = 10;
|
|
#else
|
|
#error unsupported NBASE
|
|
#endif
|
|
extra = digits[--ndigits] % pow10;
|
|
digits[ndigits] -= extra;
|
|
carry = 0;
|
|
if (extra >= pow10 / 2)
|
|
{
|
|
pow10 += digits[ndigits];
|
|
if (pow10 >= NBASE)
|
|
{
|
|
pow10 -= NBASE;
|
|
carry = 1;
|
|
}
|
|
digits[ndigits] = pow10;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/* Propagate carry if needed */
|
|
while (carry)
|
|
{
|
|
carry += digits[--ndigits];
|
|
if (carry >= NBASE)
|
|
{
|
|
digits[ndigits] = carry - NBASE;
|
|
carry = 1;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
digits[ndigits] = carry;
|
|
carry = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (ndigits < 0)
|
|
{
|
|
Assert(ndigits == -1); /* better not have added > 1 digit */
|
|
Assert(var->digits > var->buf);
|
|
var->digits--;
|
|
var->ndigits++;
|
|
var->weight++;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* trunc_var
|
|
*
|
|
* Truncate (towards zero) the value of a variable at rscale decimal digits
|
|
* after the decimal point. NOTE: we allow rscale < 0 here, implying
|
|
* truncation before the decimal point.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
trunc_var(NumericVar *var, int rscale)
|
|
{
|
|
int di;
|
|
int ndigits;
|
|
|
|
var->dscale = rscale;
|
|
|
|
/* decimal digits wanted */
|
|
di = (var->weight + 1) * DEC_DIGITS + rscale;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If di <= 0, the value loses all digits.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (di <= 0)
|
|
{
|
|
var->ndigits = 0;
|
|
var->weight = 0;
|
|
var->sign = NUMERIC_POS;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/* NBASE digits wanted */
|
|
ndigits = (di + DEC_DIGITS - 1) / DEC_DIGITS;
|
|
|
|
if (ndigits <= var->ndigits)
|
|
{
|
|
var->ndigits = ndigits;
|
|
|
|
#if DEC_DIGITS == 1
|
|
/* no within-digit stuff to worry about */
|
|
#else
|
|
/* 0, or number of decimal digits to keep in last NBASE digit */
|
|
di %= DEC_DIGITS;
|
|
|
|
if (di > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Must truncate within last NBASE digit */
|
|
NumericDigit *digits = var->digits;
|
|
int extra,
|
|
pow10;
|
|
|
|
#if DEC_DIGITS == 4
|
|
pow10 = round_powers[di];
|
|
#elif DEC_DIGITS == 2
|
|
pow10 = 10;
|
|
#else
|
|
#error unsupported NBASE
|
|
#endif
|
|
extra = digits[--ndigits] % pow10;
|
|
digits[ndigits] -= extra;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* strip_var
|
|
*
|
|
* Strip any leading and trailing zeroes from a numeric variable
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
strip_var(NumericVar *var)
|
|
{
|
|
NumericDigit *digits = var->digits;
|
|
int ndigits = var->ndigits;
|
|
|
|
/* Strip leading zeroes */
|
|
while (ndigits > 0 && *digits == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
digits++;
|
|
var->weight--;
|
|
ndigits--;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Strip trailing zeroes */
|
|
while (ndigits > 0 && digits[ndigits - 1] == 0)
|
|
ndigits--;
|
|
|
|
/* If it's zero, normalize the sign and weight */
|
|
if (ndigits == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
var->sign = NUMERIC_POS;
|
|
var->weight = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
var->digits = digits;
|
|
var->ndigits = ndigits;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
*
|
|
* Fast sum accumulator functions
|
|
*
|
|
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Reset the accumulator's value to zero. The buffers to hold the digits
|
|
* are not free'd.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
accum_sum_reset(NumericSumAccum *accum)
|
|
{
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
accum->dscale = 0;
|
|
for (i = 0; i < accum->ndigits; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
accum->pos_digits[i] = 0;
|
|
accum->neg_digits[i] = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Accumulate a new value.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
accum_sum_add(NumericSumAccum *accum, NumericVar *val)
|
|
{
|
|
int32 *accum_digits;
|
|
int i,
|
|
val_i;
|
|
int val_ndigits;
|
|
NumericDigit *val_digits;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If we have accumulated too many values since the last carry
|
|
* propagation, do it now, to avoid overflowing. (We could allow more
|
|
* than NBASE - 1, if we reserved two extra digits, rather than one, for
|
|
* carry propagation. But even with NBASE - 1, this needs to be done so
|
|
* seldom, that the performance difference is negligible.)
|
|
*/
|
|
if (accum->num_uncarried == NBASE - 1)
|
|
accum_sum_carry(accum);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Adjust the weight or scale of the old value, so that it can accommodate
|
|
* the new value.
|
|
*/
|
|
accum_sum_rescale(accum, val);
|
|
|
|
/* */
|
|
if (val->sign == NUMERIC_POS)
|
|
accum_digits = accum->pos_digits;
|
|
else
|
|
accum_digits = accum->neg_digits;
|
|
|
|
/* copy these values into local vars for speed in loop */
|
|
val_ndigits = val->ndigits;
|
|
val_digits = val->digits;
|
|
|
|
i = accum->weight - val->weight;
|
|
for (val_i = 0; val_i < val_ndigits; val_i++)
|
|
{
|
|
accum_digits[i] += (int32) val_digits[val_i];
|
|
i++;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
accum->num_uncarried++;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Propagate carries.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
accum_sum_carry(NumericSumAccum *accum)
|
|
{
|
|
int i;
|
|
int ndigits;
|
|
int32 *dig;
|
|
int32 carry;
|
|
int32 newdig = 0;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If no new values have been added since last carry propagation, nothing
|
|
* to do.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (accum->num_uncarried == 0)
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* We maintain that the weight of the accumulator is always one larger
|
|
* than needed to hold the current value, before carrying, to make sure
|
|
* there is enough space for the possible extra digit when carry is
|
|
* propagated. We cannot expand the buffer here, unless we require
|
|
* callers of accum_sum_final() to switch to the right memory context.
|
|
*/
|
|
Assert(accum->pos_digits[0] == 0 && accum->neg_digits[0] == 0);
|
|
|
|
ndigits = accum->ndigits;
|
|
|
|
/* Propagate carry in the positive sum */
|
|
dig = accum->pos_digits;
|
|
carry = 0;
|
|
for (i = ndigits - 1; i >= 0; i--)
|
|
{
|
|
newdig = dig[i] + carry;
|
|
if (newdig >= NBASE)
|
|
{
|
|
carry = newdig / NBASE;
|
|
newdig -= carry * NBASE;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
carry = 0;
|
|
dig[i] = newdig;
|
|
}
|
|
/* Did we use up the digit reserved for carry propagation? */
|
|
if (newdig > 0)
|
|
accum->have_carry_space = false;
|
|
|
|
/* And the same for the negative sum */
|
|
dig = accum->neg_digits;
|
|
carry = 0;
|
|
for (i = ndigits - 1; i >= 0; i--)
|
|
{
|
|
newdig = dig[i] + carry;
|
|
if (newdig >= NBASE)
|
|
{
|
|
carry = newdig / NBASE;
|
|
newdig -= carry * NBASE;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
carry = 0;
|
|
dig[i] = newdig;
|
|
}
|
|
if (newdig > 0)
|
|
accum->have_carry_space = false;
|
|
|
|
accum->num_uncarried = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Re-scale accumulator to accommodate new value.
|
|
*
|
|
* If the new value has more digits than the current digit buffers in the
|
|
* accumulator, enlarge the buffers.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
accum_sum_rescale(NumericSumAccum *accum, NumericVar *val)
|
|
{
|
|
int old_weight = accum->weight;
|
|
int old_ndigits = accum->ndigits;
|
|
int accum_ndigits;
|
|
int accum_weight;
|
|
int accum_rscale;
|
|
int val_rscale;
|
|
|
|
accum_weight = old_weight;
|
|
accum_ndigits = old_ndigits;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Does the new value have a larger weight? If so, enlarge the buffers,
|
|
* and shift the existing value to the new weight, by adding leading
|
|
* zeros.
|
|
*
|
|
* We enforce that the accumulator always has a weight one larger than
|
|
* needed for the inputs, so that we have space for an extra digit at the
|
|
* final carry-propagation phase, if necessary.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (val->weight >= accum_weight)
|
|
{
|
|
accum_weight = val->weight + 1;
|
|
accum_ndigits = accum_ndigits + (accum_weight - old_weight);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Even though the new value is small, we might've used up the space
|
|
* reserved for the carry digit in the last call to accum_sum_carry(). If
|
|
* so, enlarge to make room for another one.
|
|
*/
|
|
else if (!accum->have_carry_space)
|
|
{
|
|
accum_weight++;
|
|
accum_ndigits++;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Is the new value wider on the right side? */
|
|
accum_rscale = accum_ndigits - accum_weight - 1;
|
|
val_rscale = val->ndigits - val->weight - 1;
|
|
if (val_rscale > accum_rscale)
|
|
accum_ndigits = accum_ndigits + (val_rscale - accum_rscale);
|
|
|
|
if (accum_ndigits != old_ndigits ||
|
|
accum_weight != old_weight)
|
|
{
|
|
int32 *new_pos_digits;
|
|
int32 *new_neg_digits;
|
|
int weightdiff;
|
|
|
|
weightdiff = accum_weight - old_weight;
|
|
|
|
new_pos_digits = palloc0(accum_ndigits * sizeof(int32));
|
|
new_neg_digits = palloc0(accum_ndigits * sizeof(int32));
|
|
|
|
if (accum->pos_digits)
|
|
{
|
|
memcpy(&new_pos_digits[weightdiff], accum->pos_digits,
|
|
old_ndigits * sizeof(int32));
|
|
pfree(accum->pos_digits);
|
|
|
|
memcpy(&new_neg_digits[weightdiff], accum->neg_digits,
|
|
old_ndigits * sizeof(int32));
|
|
pfree(accum->neg_digits);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
accum->pos_digits = new_pos_digits;
|
|
accum->neg_digits = new_neg_digits;
|
|
|
|
accum->weight = accum_weight;
|
|
accum->ndigits = accum_ndigits;
|
|
|
|
Assert(accum->pos_digits[0] == 0 && accum->neg_digits[0] == 0);
|
|
accum->have_carry_space = true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (val->dscale > accum->dscale)
|
|
accum->dscale = val->dscale;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Return the current value of the accumulator. This perform final carry
|
|
* propagation, and adds together the positive and negative sums.
|
|
*
|
|
* Unlike all the other routines, the caller is not required to switch to
|
|
* the memory context that holds the accumulator.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
accum_sum_final(NumericSumAccum *accum, NumericVar *result)
|
|
{
|
|
int i;
|
|
NumericVar pos_var;
|
|
NumericVar neg_var;
|
|
|
|
if (accum->ndigits == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
set_var_from_var(&const_zero, result);
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Perform final carry */
|
|
accum_sum_carry(accum);
|
|
|
|
/* Create NumericVars representing the positive and negative sums */
|
|
init_var(&pos_var);
|
|
init_var(&neg_var);
|
|
|
|
pos_var.ndigits = neg_var.ndigits = accum->ndigits;
|
|
pos_var.weight = neg_var.weight = accum->weight;
|
|
pos_var.dscale = neg_var.dscale = accum->dscale;
|
|
pos_var.sign = NUMERIC_POS;
|
|
neg_var.sign = NUMERIC_NEG;
|
|
|
|
pos_var.buf = pos_var.digits = digitbuf_alloc(accum->ndigits);
|
|
neg_var.buf = neg_var.digits = digitbuf_alloc(accum->ndigits);
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < accum->ndigits; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
Assert(accum->pos_digits[i] < NBASE);
|
|
pos_var.digits[i] = (int16) accum->pos_digits[i];
|
|
|
|
Assert(accum->neg_digits[i] < NBASE);
|
|
neg_var.digits[i] = (int16) accum->neg_digits[i];
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* And add them together */
|
|
add_var(&pos_var, &neg_var, result);
|
|
|
|
/* Remove leading/trailing zeroes */
|
|
strip_var(result);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Copy an accumulator's state.
|
|
*
|
|
* 'dst' is assumed to be uninitialized beforehand. No attempt is made at
|
|
* freeing old values.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
accum_sum_copy(NumericSumAccum *dst, NumericSumAccum *src)
|
|
{
|
|
dst->pos_digits = palloc(src->ndigits * sizeof(int32));
|
|
dst->neg_digits = palloc(src->ndigits * sizeof(int32));
|
|
|
|
memcpy(dst->pos_digits, src->pos_digits, src->ndigits * sizeof(int32));
|
|
memcpy(dst->neg_digits, src->neg_digits, src->ndigits * sizeof(int32));
|
|
dst->num_uncarried = src->num_uncarried;
|
|
dst->ndigits = src->ndigits;
|
|
dst->weight = src->weight;
|
|
dst->dscale = src->dscale;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Add the current value of 'accum2' into 'accum'.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
accum_sum_combine(NumericSumAccum *accum, NumericSumAccum *accum2)
|
|
{
|
|
NumericVar tmp_var;
|
|
|
|
init_var(&tmp_var);
|
|
|
|
accum_sum_final(accum2, &tmp_var);
|
|
accum_sum_add(accum, &tmp_var);
|
|
|
|
free_var(&tmp_var);
|
|
}
|